Acts 21 — Open Scroll

← Previous: Acts 20 Next: Acts 22 →Back to Open Scroll Behind the text

Acts 21

Match: OffMatch: On Clear Select a word card Matching words are off No matching-word link is available for this card. 3 matching words in 3 verses 29 matching words in 25 verses 7 matching words in 7 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 5 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 6 matching words in 6 verses 23 matching words in 18 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 23 matching words in 18 verses 126 matching words in 36 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 38 matching words in 20 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 9 matching words in 8 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 11 matching words in 11 verses 6 matching words in 6 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 7 matching words in 7 verses 6 matching words in 6 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 6 matching words in 6 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 8 matching words in 8 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 6 matching words in 6 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 8 matching words in 8 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse

CHAPTER 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

VERSE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

Maps and charts for this chapter

Paul's Third Journey The Temple Courts in the Time of Jesus Jerusalem in the Time of Jesus Herod's Temple Mount: the Plan Paul's Journeys

← Back to Acts 27:2

Acts 21:1

1And when it came to pass that we were parted from them and had set sail we came with a straight course unto Cos and the next day unto Rhodes and from thence unto Patara

Related verses (6)

when

And

it came to pass

that … and had set sail

were parted

from

them

with a straight course

we came

unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

Cos

the … day

and

unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

Rhodes

and from thence

unto

Patara

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Ὡςhohs

δὲdeh

ἐγένετοeh-GEH-neh-toh

ἀναχθῆναιah-nah-CHTHAY-nai

ἡμᾶςhay-MAHS

ἀποσπασθένταςah-poh-spah-STHEN-tahs

ἀπahp

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

εὐθυδρομήσαντεςyoo-thoo-droh-MAY-sahn-tes

ἤλθομενAYL-thoh-men

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

Κῶkoh

τῇtay

δὲdeh

ἑξῆςheh-KSAYS

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

ῬόδονROH-dohn

κἀκεῖθενkah-KAY-then

εἰςays

ΠάταραPAH-tah-rah

The Pieces

ὩςGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐγένετοGreek verb

ἀναχθῆναιGreek verb

ἡμᾶςGreek pronoun

ἀποσπασθένταςGreek verb

ἀπGreek preposition

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

εὐθυδρομήσαντεςGreek verb

ἤλθομενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

Κῶname of a place

τῇGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

ἑξῆςGreek adverb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

Ῥόδονname of a place

κἀκεῖθενGreek adverb

εἰςGreek preposition

Πάταραname of a place

What It Can Mean

as/whenAs, like as, about, as it were, according as, how, when, while, as soon as, so that.ὡς, adverbial form of the relative pron. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, just as, even as; with a demonstrative, like οὕτως, expressed or understood: οὕτως... ὡς, Mk 4:26, I Co 3:15, Eph 5:28, Ja 2:12, al.; ὡς... οὕτως, Ac 8:32, I Co 7:17, al.; elliptically (sc. οὕτως, οὕτω ), c. nom., Mt 6:29, al.; c. acc., Mt 19:19, Mk 12:31, al.; c. prep., Mt 26:55, Mk 14:48, Lk 22:52, Jo 7:10, al.; c. verb., Jo 15:6, II Co 3:1, Eph 2:3, I Th 5:6, al.; c. ptcp. (the ptcp. however not having the special force wh. it has in cl.; v. Bl., §73, 5; 74, 6), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, He 13:17, al.; freq implying opinion or belief, Ro 9:32; so esp, c. gen. absol., I Co 4:18, II Co 5:20, I Pe 4:12, II Pe 1:3. Before numerals, about, nearly: Mk 5:13, Jo 1:40, Ac 5:7, al. Before adjectives and adverbs, how: Ro 10:15 11:33, I Th 2:10; c. superl., ὡς τάχιστα, as quickly as possible, Ac 17:15. As conjunction; temporal, as, when, since: Mk 9:21 14:72, Lk 1:23, Jo 2:9, al.; while, when, as long as: Lk 12:58, Jo 12:36, Ga 6:10 (Field, Notes, 191); ὡς ἄν (M, Pr., 167, and v.s. ἄν ), Ro 15:24, I Co 11:34, Phl 2:23. Final, in order that; c. inf., in order to (M, Pr., 204n), Lk 9:52, Ac 20:24, He 7:9.Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

to leadI lead up, bring up, offer, produce, put to sea, set sail.ἀν-άγω [in LXX chiefly for עָלָה hi.;] to lead or bring up: seq. είς, c. acc. loc., Mt 4:1, Lk 2:22 4:5 (WH om. είς, κ.τ.λ. ), Ac 9:39 16:34; of raising the dead (cl.), ἐκ νεκρῶν, Ro 10:7, He 13:20; to produce and set before, τ. λαῷ, Ac 12:4 (MM, VGT, s.v.); in sacrificial sense (MM, VGT, s.v.), to offer, θυσίαν, Ac 7:41. Mid., in nautical sense (Hom., Hdt., Thuc., al.), to put to sea: Lk 8:22, Ac 13:13 16:11 18:21 20:3, 13 21:1, 2 27:2, 4 27:12, 21 28:10, 11 (cf. ἐπ-ανάγω ).†Scroll for more

usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to draw awayLit: I wrench away from, drag away, but perhaps sometimes in the well-attested weakened sense: I am parted or withdrawn.ἀπο-σπάω, -ῶ, [in LXX for נתק: ni., hi., etc.;] to draw off or away, tear away (MM, s.v.): Ac 20:30; μάχαιραν, draw a sword, Mt 26:51; pass., to be parted or withdrawn (Field, Notes, 134; but v. Thayer, s.v.), Lk 22:41, Ac 21:1.†Scroll for more

away fromFrom, away from.ἀπό (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen. (WM, 462 ff.; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, WM, 456 f.), [in LXX for מִן, בְּ, לְ;] from (i.e. from the exterior). Of separation and cessation; of motion from a place: Mt 5:29, 30 7:23, Lk 5:2 22:41, al.; in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, s.v.; Bl., § 40, 2), Mt 9:16 27:21, Jo 21:10, Ac 5:2, al.; also after verbs of eating, etc.; of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss., BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc.; ἀνάθεμα ἀ., Ro 9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ., Col 2:20; σαλευθῆναι, II Th 2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss., BS, 196, 216), Ac 20:26, II Co 7:1, He 9:14; of position, Mt 23:34 24:31, al.; after μακράν, Mt 8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jo 10:18 21:8, Re 14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc., Mt 9:22, Jo 19:27, Ac 20:18, Phl 1:5, al.; ἀπ’ αἰῶνος, Lk 1:70, al.; ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, etc., Mt 19:4, Ro 1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, II Ti 3:15; ἀφ’ ἧς, since, Lk 7:45, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Lk 1:48, al.; ἀπὸ τότε, Mt 4:17, al.; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, II Co 8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Ac 28:23; of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mt 2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mt 1:17; ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Ac 8:10, He 8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mt 20:8, Jo 8:9, Ac 8:35, al. Of origin; of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 21:11, Mk 15:43, Jo 1:45, Ac 10:38, al.; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, § 66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), He 13:24; of membership in a community or society (Bl., § 40, 2), Ac 12:1, al.; of material (= cl. gen.; Bl., § 40, 2; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3:4 27:21; after verbs of asking, seeking, etc., Lk 11:50, 51, I Th 2:6 (Milligan, in l.); of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (freq. = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., § 40, 3), Mt 7:16 11:29, Lk 22:45, Ac 2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, I Co 11:23, Ga 3:2, al.; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Lk 19:3 (cf. Jo 21:6, Ac 22:11 ); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mt 14:26, al. (cf. Mt 10:28 13:44 ). Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִנֶּגֶב ), Re 21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου ( מִפְּנֵי ), II Th 1:9 (Bl., § 40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν ( בְּלֵב ), Mt 18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, § 10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Re 1:4. In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. ( ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω ); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, ἀφικνεῖσθαι, q.v.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to sail straightI run a straight course.*† εὐθυδρομέω, -ῶ of ships, to run a straight course (Philo): Ac 16:11 21:1.†Scroll for more

to come/goI come, go.ἔρχομαι, [in LXX very freq. for בּוֹא, also for הלךְ ni., אתה, etc., 34 words in all;] to come; of persons, either as arriving or returning from elsewhere: Mt 8:9, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:27, Ro 9:9, al.; seq. ἀπό, Mk 5:35 7:1, Jo 3:2, al.; ἐκ, Lk 5:17, Jo 3:31, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:29, al.; διά seq. εἰς, Mk 7:31; ἐν (Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ἐν ), Ro 15:29, I Co 4:21; ἐπί, c. acc., Mk 6:53 11:13, Jo 19:33, al.; κατά, c. acc., Lk 10:33 Ac 16:7; παρά, c. gen., Lk 8:49; c. acc., Mt 15:29, Mk 9:14, al.; c. dat. comm., incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21:5, Re 2:5, 16; with adverbs: πόθεν, Jo 3:8, al.; ἄνωθεν, Jo 3:31; ὄπισθεν, Mk 5:27; ὧδε, Mt 8:29; ἐκεῖ, Jo 18:3; ποῦ, He 11:8; seq. ἕως, Lk 4:42; ἄχρι, Ac 11:5; with purpose expressed by inf., Mk 5:14, Lk 1:59, al.; by fut. ptcp., Mt 27:49; ἵνα, Jo 12:9; εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα, Ac 9:21; διά, c. acc., Jo 12:9; before verbs of action, ἔρχεται καί, ἦλθε καί, etc.: Mk 2:18, Jo 6:15, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:47 11:34; ἐλθών (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2:8 8:7, Mk 7:25, Ac 16:39, al.; similarly ἐρχόμενος, Lk 15:25, al.; of coming into public view: esp. of the Messiah ( ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mt 11:3, al.; v. Cremer, 264), Lk 3:16, Jo 4:25; hence, of Jesus, Mt 11:19, Lk 7:34, Jo 5:43, al.; of the second coming, Mt 10:23, Ac 1:11, I Co 4:5, I Th 5:2, al.; of time: ἔρξονται ἡμέραι (pres. for fut.: Bl., §56, 8), Lk 23:29, He 8:8 (LXX); fut., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, al.; ἔρξεται ὥρα, ὅτε, Jo 4:21, 23. al.; ἦλθεν, ἐλήλυθε ἡ ὥρα, Jo 13:1 16:32 17:1; ἡ ἡμέρα τ. κυρίου, I Th 5:2; καιροί, Ac 3:19; of things and events: κατακλυσμός, Lk 17:27; λιμός, Ac 7:11; ἡ ὀργή, I Th 1:10; ὁ λύχνος, Mk 4:21 (v. Swete, in l.). Metaph., τ. ἀγαθά, Ro 3:8; τ. τέλειον, I Co 13:10; ἡ πίστις, Ga 3:23, 25; ἡ ἐντολή, Ro 7:9; with prepositions: ἐκ τ. θλίψεως, Re 7:14; ἐις τ. χεῖρον, Mk 5:26; εἰς πειρασμόν, ib. 14:38, al. to go: ὀπίσω, c. gen. (Heb. הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי ), Mt 16:24, Mk 8:34, Lk 9:23; σύν, Jo 21:3; ὁδόν, Lk 2:44. (Cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-αν-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἰς, ἐπ-εἰσ-, παρ-εἰσ-, συν-εἰσ-, ἐξ-, δι-εξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, ἀντι-παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-έρχομαι.) SYN.: πορεύομαι, χωρέω (v, Thayer, s.v. ἔρξομαι ).Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

CosCos, an island in the Aegean Sea, south-west of Asia Minor.Κῶς, gen. Κῶ, ἡ, Cos, an island in the Ægean Sea: acc. Κῶ, Ac 21:1 ( Κῶν, Rec.).†Scroll for more

next/afterwardNext in order, the next day, the following day, at the period immediately following.ἑξῆς adv. (< ἔχω ), in order, successively, next: τῇ ἑ. ἡμέρᾳ, Lk 9:37; ἐν τῷ ἑ. (sc. χρόνῳ ), soon after, Lk 7:11; τῇ ἑ. (sc. ἡμέρα ), Ac 21:1 25:17 27:18.†Scroll for more

RhodesRhodes, an island in the Aegean sea, south-west of Asia Minor.Ῥόδος, -ου, ὁ the island of Rhodes: Ac 21:1.†Scroll for more

and from thereAnd thence, and from there; and then afterwards.κἀκεῖθεν (by crasis for καὶ ἐκεῖθεν, and so sometimes written, v.s. ἐκεῖθεν ), of place, and from thence, and thence: Mk 9:30, Lk 11:53, Ac 7:4 14:26 16:12 20:15 21:1 27:4 28:15.†Scroll for more

PataraPatara, a town on the coast of the Roman province Lycia.Πάταρα, -ων, τὰ, Patara, a maritime city of Lycia: Ac 21:1.†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 11:19

Acts 21:2

2and having found a ship crossing over unto Phoenicia we went aboard and set sail

Related verses (3)

Acts 27:6 | Jonah 1:3 | Acts 15:3

and

having found

a ship

crossing over

unto

Phoenicia

we went aboard

and set sail

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

καὶkai

εὑρόντεςhyoo-ROHN-tes

πλοῖονPLOY-ohn

διαπερῶνdee-ah-peh-ROHN

εἰςays

Φοινίκηνfoy-NEE-kayn

ἐπιβάντεςeh-pee-BAHN-tes

ἀνήχθημενah-NAY-chthay-men

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

εὑρόντεςGreek verb

πλοῖονGreek noun, neuter

διαπερῶνGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Φοινίκηνname of a place

ἐπιβάντεςGreek verb

ἀνήχθημενGreek verb

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to find/meetI find, learn, discover, especially after searching.εὑρίσκω, [in LXX chiefly for מצא, also for נשׂג hi., etc.;] to find, with or without previous search: absol., opp. to ζητέω, Mt 7:7, 8 Lk 11:9, 10; c. acc., Mt 2:8, Mk 1:37, Ac 13:22, II Ti 1:17, al.; pass., οὐχ εὑ., of disappearance, He 11:5, Re 16:20, al.; γῆ κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται (for conjectures as to the meaning of this reading, v. Mayor, ICC, in l.), II Pe 3:10, WH, R, mg. Metaph., to find, find out by inquiry, learn, discover: Lk 19:48, Ac 4:21; αἰτίαν, Jo 18:38, Ac 13:28, al.; pass., Mt 1:18, Lk 17:18, Ro 7:10, I Co 4:2, Ga 2:17, I Pe 1:7, Re 5:4, al.; of attaining to the knowledge of God, εὑ. θεόν, Ac 17:27; pass., Ro 10:20 (LXX). Mid., to find for oneself, gain, procure, obtain: c. acc. rei, λύτρωσιν, He 9:12; act. in same sense (so cl. poets, but not in Attic prose), Mt 10:39 11:29, Lk 1:30, Ac 7:46, II Ti 1:18, al. (cf. ἀν-ευρίσκω ).Scroll for more

boatA ship, vessel, boat.πλοῖον, -ου, τό (< πλέω ), [in LXX chiefly for אֳנִיָּה;] a boat, also (= obsol. ναῦς ) a ship: Mt 4:21, 22, and freq. in Gosp. and Ac, Ja 3:4, Re 8:9 18:19.Scroll for more

to crossI cross over, pass over.δια-περάω, -ῶ [in LXX: De 30:13, Is 23:2 ( עבר ), I Mac 6 *;] to pass over, cross over: Mt 9:1; seq. ἐπὶ τ. γῆν, Mt 14:34, Mk 6:53; εἰς, Mk 5:21, Ac 21:2; πρὸς ἡμᾶς, Lk 16:26.†Scroll for more

PhoeniciaPhoenicia, a northern coast strip of the Roman province Syria.φοινίκη, -ης, ἡ Phœnicia: Ac 11:19 15:3 21:2 (v. DB, iii, 856 b, 857 a n ).†Scroll for more

to mount/board(a) I set foot on, step on, (b) I mount (a horse), board (a vessel).ἐπι-βαίνω [in LXX chiefly for רָכַב;] to get up on, mount: seq. ἐπί, c. acc, Mt 21:5 (LXX); to embark in (a boat), go aboard: c. dat., Ac 27:2; seq. εἰς, Ac 21:6 (Rec.); absol., Ac 21:2. to go up to, go on to, enter: seq. εἰς, Ac 20:18 21:4; c. dat., Ac 25:1.†Scroll for more

← Back to Psalms 45:12

← Back to Isaiah 23:18

← Back to Galatians 1:21

Acts 21:3

3And when we had come in sight of Cyprus leaving it on the left hand we sailed unto Syria and landed at Tyre for there the ship was to unlade her burden

Word By Word, In Greek Order1when we had come in sight | 2And | 3— | 4of Cyprus | 5— | 6leaving | 7it | 8on the left hand | 9we sailed | 10unto | 11Syria | 12and | 13landed | 14at | 15Tyre | 16there | 17for | 18the | 19ship | 20was | 21to unlade | 22her | 23burden

Related verses (19)

when we had come in sight

And

The ASV does not translate this word.

of Cyprus

The ASV does not translate this word.

leaving

on the left hand

we sailed

unto

Syria

and

landed

Tyre

there

for

the

ship

was

to unlade

her

burden

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

ἀναφάναντεςah-nah-FAH-nahn-tes

δὲdeh

τὴνtayn

ΚύπρονKOO-prohn

καὶkai

καταλιπόντεςkah-tah-lee-POHN-tes

αὐτὴνow-TAYN

εὐώνυμονyoo-OH-noo-mohn

ἐπλέομενeh-PLEH-oh-men

εἰςays

Συρίανsoo-REE-ahn

καὶkai

κατήλθομενkah-TAYL-thoh-men

εἰςays

ΤύρονTOO-rohn

ἐκεῖσεeh-KAY-seh

γὰρgahr

τὸtoh

πλοῖονPLOY-ohn

ἦνayn

ἀποφορτιζόμενονah-poh-fohr-tee-ZOH-meh-nohn

τὸνtohn

γόμονGOH-mohn

The Pieces

ἀναφάναντεςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

τὴνGreek article

Κύπρονname of a place

καὶGreek conjunction

καταλιπόντεςGreek verb

αὐτὴνGreek reflexive pronoun

εὐώνυμονGreek adjective

ἐπλέομενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Συρίανname of a place

καὶGreek conjunction

κατήλθομενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Τύρονname of a place

ἐκεῖσεGreek adverb

γὰρGreek conjunction

τὸGreek article

πλοῖονGreek noun, neuter

ἦνGreek verb

ἀποφορτιζόμενονGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

γόμονGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to appear(a) a nautical term: I sight (a place), (b) mid: I appear (as it were, out of the unseen), (c) I bring to light, make to appear.ἀνα-φαίνομαι, [in LXX for צדק hi., גּלשׁ;] to bring to light, make to appear: ἀναφάναντες τ. Κύπρον, i.e. having sighted C.: Ac 21:3 WH; pass., to appear, be made manifest: Lk 19:11.Scroll for more

CyprusCyprus.Κύπρος, -ου, ἡ, Cyprus: Ac 11:19 13:4 15:39 21:3 27:4.†Scroll for more

to leave behindI leave behind, desert, abandon, forsake; I leave remaining, reserve.κατα-λείπω, [in LXX chiefly far שׁאר, ni., hi., also for עזב, יתר, etc.;] to leave behind, leave: c. acc. pers. (rei), Mt 4:13, Mk 12:19, 21, Lk 20:31, Ac 24:27 25:14, He 11:27; of sailing by a place, Ac 21:3; ptcp., καταλιπών, redundant (Dalman, Words, 21 f.), Mt 16:4 21:17; pass., Jo 8:[9], I Th 3:1; metaph., εὐθεῖαν ὁδόν, II Pe 2:15. to forsake, abandon: Mt 19:5, Mk 10:7 (LXX) 14:52, Lk 5:28 15:4, Ac 6:2, Eph 5:31 (LXX). to leave remaining, reserve: c. acc. et inf., Lk 10:40; ἐμαυτῷ, Ro 11:4 (LXX); pass., He 4:1 (cf. ἐν-κατα-λείπω ).†Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

left/south(lit: well-named, to avoid the evil omen attaching to the left), on the left-hand side, left.εὐώνυμος, -ον ( εὖ, ὄνομα ), [in LXX chiefly for שְׂמאׄל;] of good name or omen Euphemistic for ἀριστερός, left: Ac 21:3, Re 10:2; ἐξ εὐωνύμων, on the left: Mt 20:21, 23 25:33, 41 27:38, Mk 10:40 15:27.†Scroll for more

to sailI sail, travel by sea, voyage.πλέω, [in LXX, seq. εἰς, Jon.1.3 ( בּוֹא ), I Es 4:23, Is 42:10; seq. ἐπί, IV Mac 7:3; c. acc. (poët.), Si 43:24, I Mac 13:29 (cf. Ac 27:2, Rec.)*;] to sail: Lk 8:23, Ac 27:24; seq. εἰς, Ac 21:3 27:2, 6; ἐπί, Re 18:17 (cf. ἀπό-, δια-, ἐκ-, κατα-, παρα-, ὑπο-πλέω ).†Scroll for more

SyriaSyria, a great Roman imperial province, united with Cilicia.Συρία, -ας, ή Syria: Mt 4:24, Lk 2:2, Ac 15:23, 41 18:18 20:3 21:3, Ga 1:21.†Scroll for more

to descendI come down from sky to earth, or from high land to lower land (or to the coast), or from the high seas to the shore.** κατ-έρχομαι, [in LXX: To 1:22, א 2:1, Es 3:13, Wi 11:22, II Mac 11:29 *;] to come down, go down: seq. εἰς, Lk 4:31, Ac 8:5 13:4 15:30 19:1, Τ; ἀπό, Lk 9:37, Ac 15:1 18:5 21:10; ἀπό et εἰς, Ac 11:27 12:10; of coming to port by ship, Ac 18:22 21:3 27:5; seq. πρός, c. acc. pers., Ac 9:32; metaph., of gifts from God, Ja 3:15.†Scroll for more

TyreTyre, an ancient city, the capital of Phoenicia.Τύρος, -ου, ἡ Tyre, a maritime city of Phænicia: Mk 7:31, Ac 21:3, 7; Τ. κ, Σιδών, Mt 11:21, 22 15:21, Mk 3:8 7:24, Lk 6:17 10:13, 14.†Scroll for more

thereThither, there, at that place.ἐκεῖσε adv., [in LXX: Jb 39:29 מׅשָׁם *;] thither: Ac 21:3; constr. pregn. (MM, Exp., xii; Field, Notes, 134), τοὺς ἐ. ὄντας, Ac 22:5.†Scroll for more

forFor.γάρ, co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα, verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.; explicative and epexegetic: Mt 4:18 19:12, Mk 1:16 5:42 16:4, Lk 11:30, Ro 7:1, I Co 16:5, al. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mt 9:5 27:23, Lk 9:25 22:27, Jo 9:30, Ac 8:31 16:37 19:35, Ro 15:26, I Co 9:10, Phl 1:18 (Ellic., in l.), I Th 2:20, al. Causal: Mt 1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mk 1:22, 9:6, Lk 1:15, 18, Jo 2:25, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:9, 11, I Co 11:5, Re 1:3, al.; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 2:20 3:9, Ro 13:11, Col 3:3, I Th 4:3, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Lk 22:27, Ro 3:3 4:3, I Co 10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mk 10:45, Lk 6:32, I Co 5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl., §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mk 14:70, Lk 1:66 22:37, II Co 13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: II Co 1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (v. Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

wasεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

to unloadI unload, discharge.*† ἀπο-φορτίζομαι (< φορτίζω, to load ), to discharge a cargo (Field, Notes, 134), to unlade: c. acc., τ. γόμον, Ac 21:3.†Scroll for more

cargoA cargo, freight.γόμος, -ου, ὁ (< γέμω ), [in LXX: Ex 23:5, IV Ki 5:17 ( מַשָּׂא ) *;] a ship's freight, cargo: Ac 21:3, Re 18:11, 12.†Scroll for more

Acts 21:4

4And having found the disciples we tarried there seven days and these said to Paul through the Spirit that he should not set foot in Jerusalem

Related verses (8)

having found

And

the

disciples

we tarried

there

days

seven

and these

The ASV does not translate this word.

to Paul

said

through

the

Spirit

not

that he should … set foot

Jerusalem

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

ἀνευρόντεςah-nyoo-ROHN-tes

δὲdeh

τοὺςtoos

μαθητὰςmah-thay-TAHS

ἐπεμείναμενeh-peh-MAY-nah-men

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

ἑπτάheh-PTAH

οἵτινεςHOY-tee-nes

τῷtoh

ΠαύλῳPOW-loh

ἔλεγονEH-leh-gohn

διὰdee-AH

τοῦtoo

πνεύματοςPNYOO-mah-tohs

μὴmay

ἐπιβαίνεινeh-pee-BAI-nayn

εἰςays

Ἱεροσόλυμαhee-eh-roh-SOH-loo-mah

The Pieces

ἀνευρόντεςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

τοὺςGreek article

μαθητὰςGreek noun, masculine

ἐπεμείναμενGreek verb

αὐτοῦGreek adverb

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

ἑπτάGreek adjective

οἵτινεςGreek relative pronoun

τῷGreek article

Παύλῳname of a person

ἔλεγονGreek verb

διὰGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

πνεύματοςGreek noun, neuter

μὴGreek negative particle

ἐπιβαίνεινGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἱεροσόλυμαname of a place

What It Can Mean

to findI find by seeking out, discover.** ἀν-ευρίσκω ( ἀνά, εὑρίσκω ), [in LXX: IV Mac 3:14 *;] to find out by search, discover (v. Field, Notes, 47 f.): Lk 2:16, Ac 21:4.†Scroll for more

discipleA learner, disciple, pupil.μαθητής, -οῦ, ὁ ( μανθάνω ), [in LXX only as v.l. (A) in Je 13:21 20:11 26 (46):9 *;] a disciple: opp. to διδάσκαλος, Mt 10:24, Lk 6:40; Ἰωάννου, Mt 9:14, Lk 7:18, Jo 3:25; τ. Φαρισαίων, Mt 22:16, Mk 2:18, Lk 5:33; Μωυσέως, Jo 9:28; Ἰησοῦ, Lk 6:17 7:11 19:37, Jo 6:66 7:3 19:38; esp. the twelve, Mt 10:1 11:1, Mk 7:17, Lk 8:9, Jo 2:2, al.; later, of Christians generally, Ac 6:1, 2, 7 9:19, al.; τ. κυρίου, Ac 9:1.Scroll for more

to remain/keep on(a) I remain, tarry, (b) I remain in, persist in.ἐπι-μένω [in LXX: Ex 12:39 ( מָהַהּ hith.)*;] to stay on, tarry or abide still: seq. έν, I Co 16:8; αὐτοῦ, there, Ac 15:34 (WH, txt., RV, txt., omit) 21:4; c. dat., τ. σαρκί, Phl 1:24; seq. παρά, c. dat. pers., Ac 28:14; πρός, c. acc pers., I Co 16:7, Ga 1:18; c. acc temp., Ac 10:48 21:4, 10 28:12, 14, I Co 16:7. Metaph., to continue in a pursuit or state: c. dat., τ. ἀμαρτίᾳ, Ro 6:1; τ. ὰπιστίᾳ, 11:23; τ. πίστει, Col 1:23; αὐτοῖς (v. CGT, in l), I Ti 4:16; τ. χρηστότητι, Ro 11:22; c. ptcp. (cf. Bl., § 73, 4; 76, 2), Jo 8:7, Ac 12:16.†Scroll for more

thereHere, there.αὐτοῦ, adv., prop. neut. gen. of αὐτός, [in LXX for פֹּה, בָּזֶה;] there: Mt 26:36, Mk 6:33, WH, mg., Lk 9:27, Ac 15:34, WH, mg., R, mg., 18:19 21:4.†Scroll for more

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

sevenSeven.ἐπτά, οἱ, αἱ, τά indecl., seven: Mt 12:45 18:22 (cf. ἑβδομηκοντάκις ), Mk 8:5, al.; οἱ ἐ, Ac 21:8Scroll for more

who/whichWhosoever, whichsoever, whatsoever.ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (also written ὅ, τι and ὅτι; v. LS, s.v.; WH, § 411; Tdf., Pr., 111), in NT scarcely ever except in nom. (M, Pr., 91), the only instance of the oblique cases being found in ἕως ὅτου (v.s. ἕως ), relative of indef. reference (related to simple ὅς as Lat. quisquis to qui ), whoever, anyone who; of an indef. person or thing: in general statements, Mt 5:39, 41 13:12, and freq., Lk 14:27, Ga 5:4, al.; in relative sentences, Mt 7:26, Lk 15:7, Phl 3:7, al.; πᾶς ὅ., c. indic., Mt 7:24 10:32; ὅ ἄν ( ἐάν ), c. subjc., Mt 12:50 13:12, Jo 14:13, I Co 16:2, Ga 5:10, al.; of a definite person or thing, indicating quality, "either generic, which, as other like things, or essential, which by its very nature " (Hort on I Pe 2:11 ), who is such as: Mt 2:6 7:26, Lk 2:10 7:37, Jo 8:53, Ac 7:53, Ro 6:2, I Co 3:17, Ga 4:24, Eph 1:23, al.; where the relative sentence expresses a reason, consequence, etc. (M, Pr., 92), seeing that he ( it, they ), and he ( it, they ): Lk 8:3 10:42, Ac 10:47 11:28, Phl 4:3, al.; as in Ionic and late Greek (Bl., § 50, 1; M, Pr., 91), differing but little from ὅς: Lk 2:4 9:30, Ac 17:10, Re 12:13.Scroll for more

PaulPaul, Paulus.Παῦλος, -ου, ὁ (Lat. Paulus ), Sergius Paulus: Ac 13:7. the Apostle Paul (cf. Σαῦλος ): Ac 13:9, and freq. throughout Ac., Ro 1:1, I Co 1:1, al., II Pe 3:15.Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

through/because of(a) gen: through, throughout, by the instrumentality of, (b) acc: through, on account of, by reason of, for the sake of, because of.διά (before a vowel δ’, exc. Ro 8:10, II Co 5:7, and in pr. names; Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., acc, as in cl.; c. gen., through; of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mt 2:12 12:43, Mk 2:23, Lk 4:30, Jo 4:4, II Co 11:33, al.; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, I Co 3:15, I Pe 3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; metaph., of a state or condition: Ro 14:20, II Co 2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), Ro 2:27 4:11; δι’ ὑπομενῆς, Ro 8:25. Of Time; during which: Mt 26:61, Mk 14:58, Lk 5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, He 2:15; δ. παντός ( διαπαντός in Mk 5:5, Lk 24:53 ), always, continually, Mt 18:10, Ac 2:25 (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Ro 11:10 (LXX), II Th 3:16, He 9:6 13:15. within which: Ac 1:3; δ. νυκτός, Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255 f.): Mk 2:1, Ac 24:17, Ga 2:1. Of the Means or Instrument; of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Ro 11:36, I Co 1:9, Ga 4:7, He 2:10 7:21; of Christ, Ro 1:8 5:1, 17, I Co 15:21, I Pe 4:11, al.; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Ro 1:12, II Co 1:4, Ga 4:23, al.; of the agent, instrument or means; c. gen. pers., Mt 11:2, Lk 1:70, Jo 1:17, Ac 1:16, Ro 2:16, I Co 1:21, Eph 1:5, He 2:14, Re 1:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου ( δ. τ. κυρίου, I Th 4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft., Rev., 121 f.), Mt 1:22 2:15, Ro 1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), II Th 2:2; δ. Σ. ( NTD, 22), I Pe 5:12; c. gen. rei (where often the simple dat. is used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11:4, Ac 5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Ro 3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Lk 8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Ga 5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Ga 3:18. C. acc.; rarely, as c. gen., through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας ( ICC, in l.; Bl., §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Lk 17:11. by reason of, because of, for the sake of; c. acc pers. (M, Pr., 105), Mk 2:27, Jo 6:57 11:42, Ro 8:20; c. acc. rei, δ. φθόνον, Mt 27:18, Mk 15:10; δ. φόβον, Jo 7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph 2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mt 6:25, Mk 6:14, Lk 11:49, Jo 6:65, al.; id. seq. ὅτι, Jo 5:16 10:17, al.; δ. τί, why, Mt 9:11, 14, Mk 2:18, Jo 7:45, al.; δ. τό, c. inf., Mk 5:4, Lk 9:7, Ja 4:2. In composition, through, as in διαβαίνω; of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω; of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω; of transition, as διαλλάσσω; of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.Scroll for more

spirit/breath: spiritWind, breath, spirit.πνεῦμα, -τος, τό, (< πνέω ), [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for רוּחַ;] of air in motion; wind: Jo 3:8; pl., He 1:7 (LXX); breath: π. ζωῆς, Re 11:11; π. τοῦ στόματος, fig., II Th 2:8 (cf. Ps 32 (33):6 ). Of the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.): Lk 8:55, Jo 19:30, Ac 7:59, al.; opp. to σάρξ, Mt 26:41, Mk 14:38, I Co 5:5, al.; to σῶμα, Ro 8:10, I Co 6:17 7:34, I Pe 4:6; to ψυχή, Phl 1:27, He 4:12; τὸ π. καὶ ἡ ψ. καὶ τ. σῶμα, I Th 5:23 (M, Th., in l.); dat., τῷ π., in spirit, Mk 2:8 8:12, Jo 11:33 13:21, Ac 18:25, Ro 12:11, I Co 7:34, I Pe 3:18, al.; of the human spirit of Christ, Ro 1:4, I Ti 3:16. spirit, i.e. frame of mind, disposition, influence: Lk 1:17, Ro 8:15, I Co 4:21, Gal 6:1, Eph 2:2, II Ti 1:7, I Jo 4:6, al. An incorporeal being, a spirit: Lk 24:37, 39, Ac 23:8; π. ὁ θεός, God is spirit, Jo 4:24; πατὴρ τῶν π., He 12:9; of disembodied human beings, He 12:23, I Pe 3:19 ( ICC, in l.; DB, iii, 795); of angels. He 1:14; of demons or evil spirits, Mt 8:16, Mk 9:20, Lk 9:39, al.; π. πύθωνα, Ac 16:16; πνεύματα δαιμονίων, Re 16:14; π. δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου, Lk 4:33; π. ἀσθενείας (Bl., § 35, 5), Lk 13:11; π. ἀκάθαρτον, Mt 10:1, Mk 1:23, Lk 4:36, Ac 5:16; π. ἄλαλον ( καὶ κωφόν ), Mk 9:17, 25; πονηρόν, Lk 7:21, Ac 19:12, al. Of the Holy Spirit, π. ἅγιον, τὸ ἅ. π., τὸ π. τὸ ἅ., τὸ π., π. (the article as a rule being used when the Spirit is regarded as a Person or a Divine Power, and omitted when the reference is to an operation, influence or gift of the Spirit; v. WM, 151 5; Bl., § 46, 7): anarth., Mt 1:18 3:11, 16 4:1, Mk 1:8 (Swete, in l.), Mk 1:10, Lk 1:15, Jo 7:39, Ac 19:2, Ro 5:5, I Co 2:4, al.; c. art., Mt 4:1 12:31, 32, Mk 1:10 3:29, Lk 2:26, Jo 7:36 14:26, Ac 4:31 5:3, Ro 8:16, al.; ( τὸ ) π. ( τοῦ ) θεοῦ, Mt 3:16, Ro 8:9, Eph 3:16, I Jo 4:2, al.; τὸ π. τ. πατρός, Mt 10:20; π. θεοῦ ζῶντος, II Co 3:3; ( τὸ ) π. τοῦ κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 5:9 8:39; τὸ π. Ἰησοῦ, Ac 16:7; Χριστοῦ, Ro 8:9; Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Phl 1:19; τὸ π. τ. ἀληθείας, Jo 15:26 16:13, I Jo 4:6; λείγει ( μαρτυρεῖ ) τὸ π. ( τὸ ἅγιον ), Ac 21:11 28:25, I Ti 4:1, He 3:7 10:15, Re 14:13; seq. τ. ἐκκλησίαις, Re 2:7, 11, 17, 29, 3:6, 13, 22; ἐν τ. π., Lk 2:27; κατὰ πνεῦμα, Ro 8:4, 5; ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ π., Jo 3:5; διὰ πνεύματος αἰωνίου, He 9:14; ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος, II Th 2:18, I Pe 1:2; ἓν π., I Co 12:13, Eph 2:18 4:4; ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ π. ἐστιν, II Co 3:17; of that which is effected or governed by the Spirit, opp. to γράμμα, Ro 2:29 7:6, II Co 3:6. SYN.: νοῦς, which in NT is contrasted with π. as "the action of the understanding in man with that of the spiritual or ecstatic impulse" ( DB, iv, 612); ψυχή —the usual term in cl. psychology—in NT, "expresses man as apart from God, a separate individual, π. expresses man as drawing his life from God" ( DB, 1-vol., 872).Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

JerusalemThe Greek form of the Hebrew name: Jerusalem.Ἱεροσόλυμα (WH, Ἰερ-, v. Intr., § 408), -ων, τά (on πᾶσα Ἱ., Mt 2:3, v. WM, 79 4; M, Pr., 48, 244; Thayer, s.v.), and Ἱερουσαλήμ (WH, Ἰερ- ), ἡ., indecl., as always in LXX exc. some parts of Apocr. (Heb. יְרוּשָׁלַיִם, יְרוּשָׁלֵם ), the former always in FlJ, Mk, Jo ev. and Mt (exc. Mt 27:37 ), and most freq. in Lk, the latter always in He, Re, and by St. Paul (exc. Ga 1:17, 18 2:1 ), Jerusalem: Mt 2:1, Mk 3:8, Jo 1:19, al.; its inhabitants, Mt 2:3 3:5 23:37, Lk 13:34. Symbolically, ἡ- ἄνω Ἱ., Ga 4:26, contrasted with ἡ νῦν Ἱ., Ga 4:25; Ἱ. ἐπουράνιος, He 12:22; ἡ καινὴ Ἱ., Re 3:12 21:2, 10.Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 18:16

← Back to Joshua 8:35

← Back to 1 Kings 8:54

← Back to 2 Chronicles 6:13

← Back to 2 Chronicles 20:13

← Back to Ezra 9:5

← Back to Ezra 10:1

← Back to Psalms 95:6

← Back to Daniel 6:10

← Back to Romans 15:24

← Back to 1 Corinthians 16:6

← Back to 2 Corinthians 1:6

← Back to 2 Corinthians 1:16

← Back to Ephesians 3:14

← Back to 1 Timothy 2:8

← Back to Titus 3:13

← Back to 3 John 1:6

Acts 21:5

5And when it came to pass that we had accomplished the days we departed and went on our journey and they all with wives and children brought us on our way till we were out of the city and kneeling down on the beach we prayed and bade each other farewell

Related verses (13)

when

And

it came to pass

that … had accomplished

the

days

we departed

and went on our journey

and they … brought … on our way

all

with

wives

and

children

till

we were out

of the

city

and

kneeling down

The ASV does not translate this word.

kneeling down

the

beach

we prayed

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

ὅτεHOH-teh

δὲdeh

ἐγένετοeh-GEH-neh-toh

ἐξαρτίσαιeh-ksahr-TEE-sai

ἡμᾶςhay-MAHS

τὰςtahs

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

ἐξελθόντεςeh-ksel-THOHN-tes

ἐπορευόμεθαeh-poh-ryoo-OH-meh-thah

προπεμπόντωνproh-pem-POHN-tohn

ἡμᾶςhay-MAHS

πάντωνPAHN-tohn

σὺνsoon

γυναιξὶgoo-nai-KSEE

καὶkai

τέκνοιςTEH-knoys

ἕωςHEH-ohs

ἔξωEH-ksoh

τῆςtays

πόλεωςPOH-leh-ohs

καὶkai

θέντεςTHEN-tes

τὰtah

γόναταGOH-nah-tah

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τὸνtohn

αἰγιαλὸνai-gee-ah-LOHN

προσευξάμενοιproh-syoo-KSAH-meh-noy

The Pieces

ὅτεGreek conjunction

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐγένετοGreek verb

ἐξαρτίσαιGreek verb

ἡμᾶςGreek pronoun

τὰςGreek article

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

ἐξελθόντεςGreek verb

ἐπορευόμεθαGreek verb

προπεμπόντωνGreek verb

ἡμᾶςGreek pronoun

πάντωνGreek adjective

σὺνGreek preposition

γυναιξὶGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

τέκνοιςGreek noun, neuter

ἕωςGreek preposition

ἔξωGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

πόλεωςGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

θέντεςGreek verb

τὰGreek article

γόναταGreek noun, neuter

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

αἰγιαλὸνGreek noun, masculine

προσευξάμενοιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

whenWhen, at which time.ὅτε, temporal particle (correlat. of πότε, τότε ), when; c. indic., (so generally in cl., but also c. optat., subjc.; LS, s.v.), most freq. c. aor., Mt 9:25, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:25, Jo 1:19, Ac 1:13, Ro 13:11, Ga 1:15, Re 1:17, al.; c. impf., Mk 14:12, Jo 21:18, Ro 6:20, I Th 3:4, al.; c. pf., since, now that, I Co 13:11 (B, ἐγένόμην ); c. praes., Mk 11:1, Jo 9:4, He 9:17; c. fut. (Hom.; of a def. fut. as opp. to the indef. fut. of ὅταν c. subjc.), Lk 17:22, Jo 4:21, 23 5:25 16:25, Ro 2:16 (T, txt., WH, mg.), II Ti 4:3 (in all which instances, and c. pres., Jo 9:4, ὅ. follows a subst. of time, and is equiv. to a rel. phrase, ἐν ᾧ or ᾗ ).Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

to finish/furnish(a) I fit up, completely furnish, equip, furnish, supply, (b) I accomplish, finish.† ἐξ-αρτίζω (< ἄρτιος ), [in LXX. Ex 28:7 ( חָבַר pu.) *;] to complete, finish: τ. ἡμέρας, Ac 21:5. to furnish, supply: pass., II Ti 3:17 (for exx., v. MM, Exp., xiii; Cremer, 651).†Scroll for more

to go outI go out, come out.ἐξ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for יצא, also for עלה,בֹּוא, etc.;] depon., to go, or come out of: Mt 10:11, Mk 1:35, Jo 13:30, al.; c. inf., Mt 11:8, Mk 3:21, Lk 7:25, 26 Ac 20:8; id. seq. ἐπί, Mt 26:55, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:38; ἵνα, Re 6:2; ἐ. seq. ἐκ (cl. c. gen. loc.), Mk 5:2, Jo 4:30, al.; ἔξω, c. gen., Mt 21:17, Mk 14:68, Ac 16:13, He 13:13; ἀπό, Mk 11:12, Lk 9:5, Phl 4:15; ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 15:21, Mk 6:1, Lk 9:4, al.; of demons expelled, seq. ἐκ (ἀπό), c. gen. pers., Mk 1:25, 26 5:8, Lk 4:35, al.; of prisoners released, Mt 5:26, Ac 16:40; ptcp., ἐξελθών, c. indic., of verb of departure (cf. Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 8:32 15:21 24:1, Mk 16:8, Lk 22:39, Ac 12:9, 17 al. Metaph., of persons: II Co 6:17, I Jo 2:19; of birth or origin, Mt 2:6 (LXX), He 7:5 (cf. Ge 35:11 ); of escape from danger, ἐκ τ. χειρὸς αὐτῶν, Jo 10:39; of public appearance, I Jo 4:1; of things: Mt 24:27; esp. of utterances, reports, proclamations: φωνή, Re 16:17 19:5; φήμη, Mt 9:26, Lk 4:14; ἀκοή, Mk 1:28; λόγος, Jo 21:23; δόγμα, Lk 2:1 (cf. δι-εξέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

to travelI travel, journey, go, die.πορεύω, (< πόρος, a ford, a passage ), [in LXX chiefly for הלךְ;] in cl. (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk.; v. M, Pr., 162), to cause to go over, carry, convey. Mid. (always in LXX and NT), -ομαι, to go, proceed, go on one's way: c. acc., ὁδόν, Ac 8:39; seq. ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 19:15; ἐντεῦθεν, Lk 13:31; ἀπό, Mt 25:41, Lk 4:42; εἰς, Mt 2:20, Mk 16:12, Lk 1:39, Jo 7:35, al; εἰς εἰρήνην (cf. I Ki 1:17 ). Lk 7:50; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Ac 16:36; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 22:9, Ac 25:12, al; ἕως, Ac 23:23; οὗ, Lk 24:28, I Co 16:6; πρός, c. acc. pers., Mt 25:9, Lk 11:5, al.; κατὰ τ. ὁδόν, Ac 8:36; διά, c. gen., Mt 12:1, Mk 9:30; c. inf., Lk 2:3, Jo 14:2; σύν, Lk 7:6, al.; ἵνα, Jo 11:11; absol., Mt 2:9, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:50, Ac 5:20, al.; ptcp., πορευθείς (on the pass. form of the aor., v. M, Pr., 161 f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.; V. M, Pr., 231; Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 2:8, Lk 7:22, al. Metaph. (cf. Soph., O.T., 884; Xen., Cyr., 2, 2, 24, al), like οἴχομαι in cl., as euphemism for θνήσκω (so הלךְ in Ge 15:2 ); Lk 22:22 and perh. also 13:33 (v. Field, Notes, 66); in ethical sense ( De 19:9, Ps 14:2, al; cf. M, Pr., 11 2; Kennedy, Sources, 107): seq. ἐν, Lk 1:6, I Pe 4:3, II Pe 2:19; κατά, c. acc., II Pe 3:3, Ju 16, 18; c. dat. (Bl., § 38, 3), Ac 9:31 14:16, Ju 11; of disciples or partisans ( Jg 2:12, III Ki 11:10, Si 46:10 ): seq. ὀπίσω, c. gen. pers., Lk 21:8 (cf. δια-, εἰς-, ( -μαι ), ἐκ- ( -μαι ), ἐν- ( -μαι ), ἐπι- ( -μαι ), παρα- ( -μαι ), προ-, προσ- ( -μαι ), συν- ( -μαι )).Scroll for more

to help onwardI send forward, accompany, equip for a journey.** προ-πέμπω, [in LXX: I Es 4:47, Jth 10:15, Wi 19:2, I Mac 12:4, II Mac 6:23 *;] to send before, send forth. to set forward on a journey, escort: c. acc. pers., I Co 16:11, Tit 3:13, III Jn 6; seq. εἰς, Ac 20:38; οὗ, I Co 16:6; ἕως, Ac 21:5; pass., Ac 15:3, Ro 15:24, II Co 1:16.†Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

withWith.σύν (old Att. ξύν ), prep. c. dat., expressing association, fellowship and inclusion. It gradually gave way to μετά, c. gen. (cf. LS, s.v.; Bl., § 41, 3), and is therefore comparatively infrequent in NT, being rare in Mt 4, Mk 6, Jo 3, and elsewhere (exx. Ja 1:11, II Pe 1:18 ) only in Lk (Gosp. and Ac) and Paul. With, together with: of companionship and association, Lk 2:13, Jo 21:3, Ac 10:23, al.; εἶναι σύν τινι, Lk 7:12, Ac 4:13, Phl 1:23, al.; of partisanship, Ac 4:13; οἱ σύν τινι (ὄντες), of attendants, companions or colleagues, Mk 2:26, Lk 5:9, Ac 5:17, al.; of assistance, ἡ χάρις τ. θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί, I Co 15:10; of two or more things together, almost = καί, Lk 23:11, Ac 3:4 10:2 14:5 23:15, Eph 3:18; σὺν Χριστῷ ζῆν, II Co 13:4; besides (FlJ, LXX), σὺν πᾶσι τούτοις, Lk 24:21. In composition: with ( συνχαίρω ), together ( συνωδίνω ), altogether ( συντελέω ).Scroll for more

womanA woman, wife, my lady.γυνή, -αικός, ἡ, [in LXX for אִשָּׁה;] a woman, married or unmarried: Mt 11:11 14:21, al.; ὕπανδρος γ., Ro 7:2; γ. χήρα, Lk 4:26; in vocat., γύναι implies neither reproof nor severity, but is used freq. as a term of respect and endearment, Mt 15:28, Jo 2:4, 4:21 19:26. a wife: Mt 1:20, I Co 7:3, 4 al.; γ. ἀπολύειν, Mk 10:2, al.; γ. ἔχειν Mk 6:18; γ. λαβεῖν, Mk 12:19; γ. γαμεῖν, Lk 14:20. a deaconess, I Ti 3:11 ( CGT, in l.).Scroll for more

childA child, descendent, inhabitant.τέκνον, -ου, τό (< τίκτω ), [in LXX chiefly for בֵּן, also for יֶלֶד, etc.;] that which is begotten, born (cf. Scottish bairn ), a child of either sex: Mk 13:12, Lk 1:7, Ac 7:5; pl., Mt 7:11, Mk 7:27, Lk 1:17, Eph 6:1, al.; τέκνα ἐπαγγελίας, Ro 9:8; τ. τῆς σαρκός, ib.; in a wider sense (as Heb. בָּנִים ), of posterity, Mt 2:18, Lk 3:8, al.; specif., of a male child, Mt 21:28, Ac 21:21, a,l.; in voc. as a form of kindly address from an elder to a junior or from a teacher to a disciple, Mt 9:2 21:28, Mk 2:5, Lk 2:48; τ. μου (= cl. τ. μοι; v. Bl., §37, 5), Ga 4:19 ( τεκνία, WH, txt.), II Ti 2:1. Metaph., of disciples (apart from direct address, v. supr.): Phm 10, I Ti 1:2, Tit 1:4, III Jo 4; with reference to the Fatherhood of God (v.s. πατήρ, γεννάω ), τέκνα τ. θεοῦ (cf. Is 30:1, Wi 16:21 ): Ro 8:16, Eph 5:1, Phl 2:15; and esp. in Johannine bks. (cf. Westc, Epp. Jo., 94, 120), Jo 1:12, I Jo 3:1 al.; of those who imitate others and are therefore regarded as the spiritual offspring of their exemplars: Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, Jo 8:39, Ro 9:7, I Pe 3:6; τ. διαβόλου, I Jo 3:10; as in Heb. (LXX, Jl 2:23, Ps 149:2, I Mac 1:38 ), of the inhabitants of a city: Mt 23:37, Lk 13:34 19:44, Ga 4:25; with an adjectival gen., freq. rendering a Heb. expression, adopted from LXX or formed on the analogy of its language, but sometimes with parallels in Gk. writers (v. Deiss., BS, 161ff.): τέκνα φωτός, Eph 5:8; τ. ὑπακοῆς, I Pe 1:14; κατάρας, II Pe 2:14; ὀργῆς, Eph 2:3. SYN.: v.s. παῖς.Scroll for more

until(a) conj: until, (b) prep: as far as, up to, as much as, until.

outsideWithout, outside.ἔξω adv. (< ἐξ ), [in LXX for חוּץ;] outside, without; adverbially: Mt 12:46, Mk 3:31 11:4, Lk 8:20, Jo 18:16, al.; c. art., ὁ ἔ., he who is without; metaph., in pl., οἱ ἔ., of those outside the Church, I Co 5:12, 13, Col 4:5 (Lft., in l), I Th 4:12; ὁ ἔ. ἄνθρωπος, II Co 4:16; αἱ ἔ. πόλεις, Ac 26:11; as prep. c. gen.: Lk 13:33, Ac 21:5, He 13:11, 12 After verbs of motion; adverbially, forth, out: Mt 5:13 Mk 14:68, Lk 22:62, Jo 6:37 19:4, 13, Ac 9:40, al.; as prep. c. gen., out of: Mt 21:17, Mk 11:19 12:8, Lk 4:29, Ac 7:58, He 13:13, alScroll for more

cityA city, the inhabitants of a city.πόλις, -εως, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for עִיר;] a city: Mt 2:23, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:29, Jo 4:8, al. mult.; opp. to κῶμαι ( κ. καὶ ἀγροί ), Mt 9:35 10:11, Mk 6:56, Lk 8:1 13:22; c. nom. propr. in appos. (cl.), Ac 11:5 16:14; c. id. in gen. appos. (Bl., § 35, 5), Ac 8:5, II Pe 2:6; gen., of the region, Lk 1:26 4:31, Jo 4:5; of the inhabitants, Mt 10:5, 23, Lk 23:51, Ac 19:35, II Co 11:32; c. gen. pers., of one's residence or native place, Mt 22:7, Lk 2:4, 11 4:29 10:11, Jo 1:45, Ac 16:20, Re 16:9; of Jerusalem: ἡ ἁγία π., Mt 4:5 27:53, Re 11:2; ἡ ἠγαπημένη, Re 20:19; π. τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως, Mt 5:35 (cf. Ps 47 (48):2 ); of the heavenly city in the Apocalyptic visions, Re 3:12 21:2, 10, 14 ff. 22:14, 19. By meton., of the inhabitants of a city: Mt 8:34 12:25 21:10, Mk 1:33, Ac 14:21 21:30.Scroll for more

to placeI put, place, lay, set, fix, establish.τίθημι, [in LXX for שִׁית,נתן,שׂוּם, etc.;] causative of κεῖμαι, to place, lay, set: Lk 6:48, Ro 9:33, al.; of laying the dead to rest, Mk 15:47, Lk 23:55, Jo 11:34, Ac 7:16, al.; seq. ἐπί, c. gen., Lk 8:16, Jo 19:19, al.; id. c. acc., Mk 4:21, II Co 3:13, al.; ὑπό, Mt 5:15, al.; παρά, Ac 4:35, 37. Mid., to have put or placed, to place for oneself: of putting in prison, Ac 4:3, 5:18, 25, al.; of giving counsel, βουλήν, Ac 27:12; of laying up in one's heart, Lk 1:66 21:14 ( I Ki 21:12 ); to put down, lay down: of bending the knees, τ. γόνατα, to kneel, Mk 15:19, Ac 7:60, al.; of putting off garments, Jo 13:4; of laying down life, τ. ψυχήν, Jo 10:11, 15, 17, 18 13:37, 38 15:13, I Jo 3:16; of laying by money, παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, I Co 16:2; of setting on food, Jo 2:10; metaph., of setting forth an idea in symbolism, Mk 4:30. to set, fix, establish: ὑπόδειγμα, II Pe 2:6. to make, appoint: Mt 22:44, Mk 12:36, Lk 20:43, Ac 2:35, Ro 4:17, al. Mid., to make, set or appoint for oneself: Ac 20:28, I Co 12:28, I Th 5:9, I Ti 1:12, al.; seq. ἵνα, Jo 15:16 (cf. ἀνα-, προσ-ανα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἀντι-δια-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, συν-επι-, κατα-, συν-κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπο-τίθημι ).Scroll for more

a kneeThe knee.γόνυ, -ατος, τό, [in LXX chiefly for בֶּרֶךְ;] the knee: He 12:12; of a suppliant, προσπίπτειν τοῖς γ., Lk 5:8; so also τιθέναι τὰ γ., to kneel: Lk 22:41, Ac 7:60 9:40 20:36 21:5; in mockery, Mk 15:19; κάμπτειν τὰ γ., to bend the knee: Ro 11:4 (LXX) 14:11 (LXX), Eph 3:14, Phl 2:10.†Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

shoreSea-coast, (sandy) beach; shore (of sea or lake), land.αἰγιαλός, -οῦ, ὁ (on the derivation, v. Boisacq, s.v.), [in LXX: Jg 5:17 ( חוֹף ), Si 24:14 *;] the sea-shore, beach (cf. Field, Notes, 146; DCG, i, 175 f.; MM, VGT, s.v.): Mt 13:2, 48, Jo 21:4, Ac 21:5 27:39, 40.†Scroll for more

to prayI pray, pray for, offer prayer.προσ-εύχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for פלל hith.;] to pray (always of prayer to God, or in cl., to gods): absol., Mt 6:5-7, 9 14:23 19:13 26:36, 39, 41, 44, Mk 1:35 6:46 11:24, 25 13:33 (WH, R, txt., om.) Mk 14:32, 38, 39, Lk 1:10 3:21 5:16 6:12 9:18, 28, 29 11:1, 2 18:1, 10 22:44 (WH, R, mg., om.), Ac 1:24 6:6 9:11, 40 10:9, 30 11:5 12:12 13:3 14:23 16:25 20:36 21:5 22:17 28:8, I Co 11:4, 5 14:14, I Th 5:17, I Ti 2:8, Ja 5:13, 18; seq. λέγων, Mt 26:39, 42, Lk 22:41; c. dat. instr., I Co 11:5 14:14, 15; μακρά, Mt 23:14 (WH, R, txt., om.), Mk 12:40, Lk 20:47; ἐν πνεύματι ( ἁγίῳ ), Eph 6:18, Ju 20; προσευχῇ π. (a Hebraism, v.s. προσευχή ), Ja 5:17; c. acc. rei, Lk 18:11, Ro 8:26; seq. ἐπί, c. acc. pers., Ja 5:14; c. dat. pers., Mt 6:6, I Co 11:13; seq. περί, c. gen., Ac 8:15, Col 1:3 4:3, I Th 5:25, II Th 1:11 3:1, He 13:18; ὑπέρ, Mt 5:44, Lk 6:28, Col 1:9, Ja 5:16; seq. ἵνα, Mt 24:20, Mk 13:18 14:35, Lk 22:46, I Co 14:13; τοῦτο ἵνα, Phl 1:9; c. inf., Lk 22:46; seq. τοῦ, c. inf. (Bl., § 71, 3), Ja 5:17.†Scroll for more

Acts 21:6

6and we went on board the ship but they returned home again

Related verses (5)

2 Corinthians 2:13 | John 1:11 | John 7:53 | John 16:32 | John 19:27

The ASV does not translate this word.

and

we went

on board

the

ship

they

but

returned … again

The ASV does not translate this word.

home

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

ἀπησπασάμεθαah-pay-spah-SAH-meh-thah

ἀλλήλουςah-LAY-loos

καὶkai

ἐνέβημενeh-NEH-bay-men

εἰςays

τὸtoh

πλοῖονPLOY-ohn

ἐκεῖνοιeh-KAY-noy

δὲdeh

ὑπέστρεψανhoo-PEH-streh-psahn

εἰςays

τὰtah

ἴδιαEE-dee-ah

The Pieces

ἀπησπασάμεθαGreek verb

ἀλλήλουςGreek reciprocal pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐνέβημενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

πλοῖονGreek noun, neuter

ἐκεῖνοιGreek demonstrative pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

ὑπέστρεψανGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὰGreek article

ἴδιαGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

one anotherOne another, each other.ἀλλήλων (gen. pl.), dat. -οις, -αις, acc. -ους, -ας, -α (no nom.), recipr. pron. (< ἄλλος ), of one another, mutually: Mt 25:32, Mk 4:41, Jo 13:22, al.Scroll for more

to climbI step in; I go onboard a ship, embark.ἐμ-βαίνω [in LXX for עָלָה, etc.;] to step into: Jo 5:4 (WH, RV omit); εἰς πλοῖον, to embark: Mt 8:23 9:1 13:2 14:22 15:39, Mk 4:1 5:18 6:45 8:10, 13, Lk 5:3 8:22, 37, Jo 6:17, 24 21:3, Ac 21:6.†Scroll for more

thatThat, that one there, yonder.ἐκεῖνος, -η, -ο (< ἐκεῖ ), [in LXX chiefly for הַהוּא,הוּא, and cogn. forms;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing ( ille ), implying remoteness as compared with οὗτος ( hic ); absol., emphatic he, she, it: opp. to οὗτος, Lk 18:14, Ja 4:15; ἡμεῖς, He 12:25; ὑμεῖς, Mt 13:11, Mk 4:11; ἄλλοι, Jo 9:9; ἐγώ, Jo 3:30; to persons named, Mk 16:[ 10, 13, 20 ], Jo 2:21; of one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, §§2385, 2732), Jo 7:11 9:28; with respect, of Christ, I Jo 2:6 3:3, al.; referring to a preceding noun, Mk 16:[10], Jo 7:45; resumption of a participial subject, Jo 1:33 9:37 10:1, Ro 14:14, al. (on its reference in Jo 19:35, v. Westc, in l.; Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77ff.). As adj., joined, like οὗτος, to a noun with the article: Mt 7:25, Mk 3:24, Jo 18:15, al.; esp. of time, past or future: ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐ., Mt 3:1, Mk 1:9, Ac 2:18 (LXX), al.; ἐν ἐ. τ. ἡμέρᾳ, esp of the Parousia, Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, II Th 1:10, II Ti 1:12; adverbially, ἐκεινής (sc. ὁδοῦ ) = cl. ἐκεινῇ (Bl., §36, 13), that way, Lk 19:4.Scroll for more

to returnI turn back, return.ὑπο-στρέφω [in LXX chiefly for שׁוּב ], trans., to turn back or about (Hom.). Intrans., to turn back, return: Lk 2:20, 43 8:37, 40 9:10 10:17 17:15 19:12 23:48, 56, Ac 8:28; c. inf., Lk 17:18; seq.. διά, Ac 20:3; εἰς, Lk 1:56 2:45 4:14 7:10 8:39 11:24 24:33, 52, Ac 1:12 8:25 13:13, 34 14:21 21:6 22:17 23:32, Ga 1:17; ἀπό, Lk 4:1 24:9, He 7:1; ἐκ, Ac 12:25, II Pe 2:21.†Scroll for more

one's own/privateOne's own, belonging to one, private, personal; one's own people, one's own family, home, property.ἴδιος, -α, -ον (in Attic usually -ος, -ον ), [in LXX chiefly for pers. suff., also for לָהֶם, etc.; ( τὰ ἴ. ) בֵּיתוֹ;] one's own; of that which is private and personal (in cl. opp. to κοινός, δημόσιος; cf. infr. 3); of property, friends, home, country, etc. (in cl. opp. to ἀλλότριος; in late writers often, like ἑαυτοῦ, with weakened sense, v. M, Pr., 87 ff.; Deiss., BS, 123 f.): Lk 6:41, Jo 1:42 5:43, Ac 2:6 20:28, I Co 11:21, Ga 6:5, II Ti 1:9, He 7:27, Ju 6, al.; πράσσειν τὰ ἴ., I Th 4:11; κατὰ τὰς ἰ. ἐπιθυμίας, II Ti 4:3; οἱ ἴδιοι, Jo 1:11 (M, Pr., 90 f.; Field, Notes, 84) 13:1, Ac 4:23, I Ti 5:8; τὰ ἴδια, one's home (Field, Notes, 84), Lk 18:28, Jo 1:11 16:32 19:27. peculiar, distinct, appropriate, proper: τὸ ἴ. σῶμα, I Co 15:38; ἐν τ. ἰ. τάγματι, I Co 15:23; εἰς τ. τόπον τ. ἴ., Ac 1:25; = αὐτοῦ (v. Deiss., ut. supr.), Mt 22:5, Jo 1:42 (cf. Wi 10:1 ). Adverbially (v. supr., 1 ( a ); and cf. WM, 739 2 ); ἰδίᾳ, severally, separately: I Co 12:11; κατ’ ἰδίαν, apart, privately, in private: Mt 14:13, 23 20:17, Mk 4:34 7:33, Lk 10:23, Ac 23:19, al.Scroll for more

← Back to Song of Solomon 1:2

Acts 21:7

7And when we had finished the voyage from Tyre we arrived at Ptolemais and we saluted the brethren and abode with them one day

Related verses (9)

And

the

voyage

when … had finished

from

Tyre

we arrived

Ptolemais

and

we saluted

the

brethren

and abode

day

one

with

them

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Ἡμεῖςhay-MAYS

δὲdeh

τὸνtohn

πλοῦνploon

διανύσαντεςdee-ah-NOO-sahn-tes

ἀπὸah-POH

ΤύρουTOO-roo

κατηντήσαμενkah-tayn-TAY-sah-men

εἰςays

Πτολεμαΐδαptoh-leh-mah-EE-dah

καὶkai

ἀσπασάμενοιah-spah-SAH-meh-noy

τοὺςtoos

ἀδελφοὺςah-del-FOOS

ἐμείναμενeh-MAY-nah-men

ἡμέρανhay-MEH-rahn

μίανMEE-ahn

παρpahr

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

The Pieces

ἩμεῖςGreek pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

τὸνGreek article

πλοῦνGreek noun, masculine

διανύσαντεςGreek verb

ἀπὸGreek preposition

Τύρουname of a place

κατηντήσαμενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Πτολεμαΐδαname of a place

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀσπασάμενοιGreek verb

τοὺςGreek article

ἀδελφοὺςGreek noun, masculine

ἐμείναμενGreek verb

ἡμέρανGreek noun, feminine

μίανGreek adjective

παρGreek preposition

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

weἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

voyageA voyage, sailing.** πλόος, πλούς gen., -όου, -οῦ (and in late writers also πλοός, like νοός from νοῦς ), ὁ (< πλέω ), [in LXX: Wi 14:1 *;] a voyage: Ac 21:7 27:9, 10.†Scroll for more

to continueI finish, complete, accomplish fully.** δι-ανύω [in LXX: II Mac 12:17 *;] to accomplish fully, finish, complete: Ac 21:7 (EV). In late writers (Xen., al., Clem., I ad Cor., xxv, 3), to continue: Ac, l.c. (Field, Notes, 134 f.).†Scroll for more

to come to(a) I come down, either from high land to lower (or actually to the sea-coast), or from the high seas to the coast; hence met: I arrive at, reach (my destination), (b) of property: I come down (descend) by inheritance to an heir.† κατ-αντάω, -ῶ, [in LXX: II Ki 3:29 ( חוּל ), II Mac 4:21, 24, 44 Mac 6:14 *;] to come to, arrive at: seq. εἰς, c. acc. loc., Ac 16:1 18:19, 24 21:7 25:13 (v. M, Pr., 132) 27:12 28:13; seq. ἀντικρύ, c. gen., Ac 20:15. Metaph., seq. εἰς, c. acc. pers., I Co 10:11 14:36; id. c. acc. rei, to attain to: Ac 26:7, Eph 4:13, Phl 3:11.†Scroll for more

PtolemaisPtolemais, a coast city of Phoenicia, midway between Tyre and Caesarea.Πτολεμαΐς, -ΐδος, ἡ, Ptolemais, a maritime city of Phœnicea: Ac 21:7.†Scroll for more

to pay respects toI greet, salute, pay my respects to, welcome.ἀσπάζομαι depon., [in LXX: Ez 18:7, Jg 18:15 ( לְשָׁלוֹם שָׁאַל ), Es 5:2, I Mac 7:29, al.;] to welcome, greet, salute: c. acc. pers., Mt 5:47, Mk 9:15, Ac 21:7, al.; id. seq. ἐν φιλήματι, Ro 16:16, I Co 16:20, II Co 13:12, I Th 5:26, I Pe 5:14; τ. ἐκκλησίαν (Deiss., BS, 257), Ac 18:22; as term. tech. for conveying greetings at the end of a letter (MM, s.v.), used by an amanuensis (Milligan, NTD, 23), Ro 16:22 (on the aoristic pres., here and elsewhere, v. M, Pr., 119; Bl., § 56, 4); κατήντησαν... ἀσπασάμενοι (on this constr., v. Bl., § 58, 4; M, Pr., 132, 238), Ac 25:13 (cf. ἀπ-ασπάζομαι ).†Scroll for more

brotherA brother, member of the same religious community, especially a fellow-Christian.ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ (< ἀ- copul., δελφύς, womb ), in cl., a brother, born of the same parent or parents. [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102 f.), for אָח;] lit. of a brother ( Ge 4:2, al.). Of a neighbour ( Le 19:17 ). Of a member of the same nation ( Ex 2:14, De 15:3 ). In NT in each of these senses (1. Mt 1:2, al.; 2. Mt 7:3; 3. Ro 9:3 ) and also, of a fellow-Christian: I Co 1:1, Ac 9:30. This usage finds illustration in π., where ἀ. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1:4; MM, VGT, s.v.). The ἀδελφοὶ τ. Κυρίου ( Mt 12:46-49 13:55 28:10, Mk 3:31-34, Lk 8:19-21, Jo 2:12 7:3, 5 10 20:17, Ac 1:14, I Co 9:5 ) may have been sons of Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. viff.; DB, i, 320 ff.) or of Joseph by a former marriage (Lft., Gal., 252ff.; DCG, i, 232 ff.), but the view of Jerome, which makes ἀ. equivalent to ἀνεψιός, is inconsistent with Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.)Scroll for more

to stayI remain, abide, stay, wait; with acc: I wait for, await.μένω, [in LXX for עמד, קוּם etc.;] to stay, abide, remain. Intrans.; of place: seq. ἐν, Lk 8:27, al.; παρά, c. dat. pers., Jo 1:40, al; σύν, Lk 1:56; καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16; c. adv., ἐκεῖ, Mt 10:11; ὧδε, Mt 26:38; metaph., I Jo 2:18; of the Holy Spirit, Jo 1:32, 33 14:17; of Christ, Jo 6:56 15:4, al.; ὁ θεός, I Jo 4:15, conversely, of Christians, Jo 6:56 15:4, I Jo 4:15, al.; ὁ λόγος τ. θεοῦ, I Jo 2:14; ἡ ἀλήθεια, II Jo 2, al. Of time; of persons: Phl 1:25; seq. εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Jo 12:34, He 7:24, I Jo 2:17; ὀλίγον, Re 17:10; ἕως ἔρχομαι, Jo 21:22, 23; of things, lasting or enduring: cities, Mt 11:23, He 13:14; λόγος θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; ἁμαρτία, Jo 9:41. Of condition: c. pred., μόνος, Jo 12:24; ἄγαμος, I Co 7:11; πιστός, II Ti 2:13; ἱερεύς, He 7:3; c. adv., οὕτως, I Co 7:40; ὡς κἀγώ, I Co 7:8; seq. ἐν, 1 Co 7:20, 24. Trans. (Bl., §34, 1; Field, Notes, 132): c. acc. pers., Ac 20:5, 23 (cf. ἀνα-, δια-, ἐν-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, περι-, προσ-, ὑπο-μένω ).Scroll for more

firstμία, v.s. εἷς.Scroll for more

from/with/besideGen: from; dat: beside, in the presence of; acc: alongside of.παρά, prep. c. gen., dat., acc., with radical sense, beside. C. gen. pers., from the side of, from beside, from, indicating source or origin, [in LXX for מֵאֵצֶל, מִיַד, מִלִּפְנֵי;] after verbs of motion, Mk 14:43, Lk 8:49, Jo 15:26, al.; after verbs of seeking, receiving, hearing, etc., Mk 8:11 12:2, Jo 4:9, 52 10:18, Phl 4:18, II Ti 1:18, Ja 1:7, al.; after passive verbs, of the agent (like ὑπό ), Mt 21:42, Mk 12:11, Lk 1:37; absol., οἱ παρ’ αὐτοῦ, his family, his kinsfolk, Mk 3:21 (cf. M, Pr., 106 f.; Field, Notes, 25 f.; Swete, in l.); τὰ παρ’ αὐτῆς ( αὐτῶν, ὑμῶν ), one's means, wealth, Mk 5:26, Lk 10:7, Phl 4:18. C. dat. pers. (exc. Jo 19:25, π. τ. σταυρῷ ), by the side of, beside, by, with, [in LXX for בְּעֵינֵי, בְּיַד, אֵצֶל;] Lk 11:37 19:7, Jo 1:40 4:40, Ac 28:14, al.; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at home, I Co 16:2; c. dat. pl., among, Mt 22:25, Col 4:16, al.; metaph., Mt 19:26, Mk 10:27, Lk 1:30, Ro 2:13, Ja 1:27, al. C. acc., of motion by or towards, [in LXX for בְּעֵבֶר,עַל יַד,אֵצֶל;] of place, by the side of, beside, by, along: Ac 10:32, He 11:12; after verbs of motion, Mt 4:18, Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, Ac 4:35, al.; after verbs of rest, Mt 13:1, Mk 5:21, Lk 8:35, al. beside, beyond, metaph.; beyond, against, contrary to: Ac 18:13, Ro 1:26 4:18 11:24, al.; except, II Co 11:24; beyond, above, in comparison with: Lk 3:13, Ro 12:3 14:5, He 1:4, 9 3:3, al.; on account of: I Co 12:15, 16. In composition: beside, to ( παραλαμβάνω, παράγω ), at hand ( πάρειμι ), from ( παραρρέω ), amiss ( παρακούω ), past ( παρέρχομαι ), compared with ( παρομοιάζω ), above measure ( παροργίζω ).Scroll for more

← Back to Nehemiah 3:12

← Back to Ephesians 4:11

← Back to 2 Timothy 4:5

Acts 21:8

8And on the morrow we departed and came unto Caesarea and entering into the house of Philip the evangelist who was one of the seven we abode with him

Related verses (12)

on the

And

morrow

we departed

and came

unto

Caesarea

and

entering

into

the

house

of Philip

the

evangelist

who was

the

one … seven

we abode

with

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

τῇtay

δὲdeh

ἐπαύριονeh-POW-ree-ohn

ἐξελθόντεςeh-ksel-THOHN-tes

ἤλθομενAYL-thoh-men

εἰςays

Καισάρειανkai-SAH-ray-ahn

καὶkai

εἰσελθόντεςay-sel-THOHN-tes

εἰςays

τὸνtohn

οἶκονOY-kohn

Φιλίππουfee-LEE-poo

τοῦtoo

εὐαγγελιστοῦyoo-ahn-geh-lee-STOO

ὄντοςOHN-tohs

ἐκek

τῶνtohn

ἑπτὰheh-PTAH

ἐμείναμενeh-MAY-nah-men

παρpahr

αὐτῷow-TOH

The Pieces

τῇGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐπαύριονGreek adverb

ἐξελθόντεςGreek verb

ἤλθομενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Καισάρειανname of a place

καὶGreek conjunction

εἰσελθόντεςGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

οἶκονGreek noun, masculine

Φιλίππουname of a person

τοῦGreek article

εὐαγγελιστοῦGreek noun, masculine

ὄντοςGreek verb

ἐκGreek preposition

τῶνGreek article

ἑπτὰGreek adjective

ἐμείναμενGreek verb

παρGreek preposition

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

the next dayTomorrow.† ἐπ-αύριον, adv. [in LXX for מָחָר, Ge 30:33, elsewhere, Ex 9:6, al., for מׇחֳרָת;] on the morrow: in NT, ἡ ἐ. (sc. ἡμέρα ), Mt 27:62, Mk 11:12, Jo 1:29, Ac 10:9, alScroll for more

CaesareaTwo cities of Palestine: one in Galilee (Caesarea Philippi), the other on the coast of the Mediterranean.Καισαρία (Rec. -άρεια ), -ας, ἡ, Cæsarea; Cæsarea Philippi, at the foot of Lebanon: Mt 16:13, Mk 8:27. Cæsarea of Palestine, on the sea-coast: Ac 8:40 9:30 10:1, 24 11:11 12:19 18:22 21:8, 16 23:23, 33 25:1, 4, 6, 13.†Scroll for more

to enterI go in, come in, enter.εἰσ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to go in or into, enter: Mt 9:25, Lk 7:45, al.; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:12, Mk 2:1, al.; seq. διά ( πύλης, θύρας, etc.), Mt 7:13, Jo 10:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. στέγην, Mt 8:8; c. adv.: ὅπου, Mk 14:14, He 6:20; ὧδε, Mt 22:12; ἔσω, Mt 26:58; seq. πρός, c acc. pers., Mk 15:43, Lk 1:28, Ac 10:3 11:3 16:40 17:2 28:8, Re 3:20; of demons taking possession, Mk 9:25, Lk 8:30 22:3, Jo 13:27; of food, Mt 15:11, Ac 11:8. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 9:46; εἰς κόπον, Jo 4:38; εἰς πειρασμόν, Mt 26:41, Lk 22:40, 46; of hope as an anchor, He 6:19; βοαί, Ja 5:4; πνεῦμα ζωῆς, Re 11:11; εἰς τ. κόσμον (cf. Wi 2:24 14:14, Jo 18:37 ), Ro 5:12, He 10:5; in counterparts of Jewish Aram. phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116ff.): εἰς τ. γάμους, Mt 25:10; εἰς τ. χάραν τ. κυρίου, Mt 25:21, 23; εἰς τ. ζωήν, Mt 18:8, 9 19:17, Mk 9:43, 45; εἰς τ. βασιλ. τ. οὐρανῶν, Mt 5:20 7:21, al. (v.s. βασιλεία ); εἰς τ. κατάπαυσιν, He 3:11, 18 4:1 ff.; εἰς τ. δόξαν, Lk 24:26; εἰσ. καὶ ἐξερχ., to go in and out (like Heb. בֹוא וְצֵאת, De 28:6, etc.), of familiar intercourse, Ac 1:21; fig., of moral freedom, Jo 10:9 (cf. ἐπ-, παρ-, συν-εισέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

house: home(a) a house, the material building, (b) a household, family, lineage, nation.οἶκος, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for בַּיִת, also for הֵיכָל, אֹהֶל, etc.;] prop., a house, dwelling: Ac 2:2 19:16; c. gen. poss., Mt 9:6, 7, Mk 2:11, Lk 1:23, al.; c. gen. attrib., ἐμπορίου, Jo 2:16; προσευχῆς, Mt 21:13, al.; of a sanctuary (Hdt., Eur.): οἶ. τ. θεοῦ, of the tabernacle, Mt 12:4, al.; the temple, Mt 21:13, al.; metaph. of a city: Mt 23:38, Lk 13:35; of the body, Mt 12:44, Lk 11:24; of Christians, I Pe 2:5; ἐν οἴ (M, Pr., 81 f.), at home, Mk 2:1, I Co 11:34 14:35; so κατ’ οἶκον, Ac 2:46 5:42; οἱ εἰς (= οἱ ἐν; v.s. εἰς ) τ. οἶ., Lk 7:10 15:6; κατ’ οἴκους, from house to house, Ac 8:3 20:20; εἰς ( κατ’ ) οἶκον, c. gen. (Bl., § 46, 9), Mk 8:3, Lk 14:1, Ro 16:5, al. By meton., a house, household, family: Lk 10:5, Ac 7:10, I Co 1:16, I Ti 3:4, 5 al.; of the Church, ὁ οἶ. τ. θεοῦ, I Ti 3:15, He 3:2, I Pe 4:17; of descendants, οἶ Ἰσραήλ ( Δαυείδ, Ἰακώβ; Bl, § 47, 9), Mt 10:6, Lk 1:27, 33, al. (cf. Ex 6:14, I Ki 2:30, al.). SYN.: v.s. οἰκία.Scroll for more

PhilipPhilip, (a) one of the twelve apostles of Jesus, (b) tetrarch of the Ituraean and Trachonitic region, half-brother of Herod Antipas, tetrarch of Galilee, (c) one of the seven original deacons at Jerusalem and a missionary.φίλιππος, -ου, ὁ Philip; the husband of Herodias: Mt 14:3, Mk 6:17. The tetrarch: Mt 16:13, Mk 8:27, Lk 3:1. The apostle: Mt 10:3, Mk 3:18, Lk 6:14, Jo 1:44-49 6:5, 7 12:21, 22 14:8, 9, Ac 1:13. The deacon and evangelist: Ac 6:5 8:5-40 21:8.†Scroll for more

evangelistAn evangelist, a missionary, bearer of good tidings.*† εὐαγγελιστής, -οῦ, ὁ an evangelist; in NT, a preacher of the gospel: Ac 21:8, Eph 4:11, II Ti 4:5; later, a writer of a gospel (eccl.).†Scroll for more

beingεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

out fromFrom out, out from among, from, suggesting from the interior outwards.ἐκ ( ἐξ ), prep. c. gen., from out of, from ( see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex ), from out of, from among, from. Of Place, of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1:74, Jo 10:28, 29, 39, Ac 12:4 24:7, Re 19:2; πίνειν (q.v.) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jo 13:4, II Co 2:4 ). Of change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8:42, Ro 6:13 13:11, Re 7:14, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, II Ti 2:26, II Pe 2:21, Re 2:21, al. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mt 13:47, 49, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, I Pe 1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mt 10:29, Lk 17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jo 7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jo 11:19, al.; τις, Lk 11:15, al.; τίς, Mt 6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου seq. gen., = ἐκ (Heb. מִתֹּוךְ ), Mt 13:49, al. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω ): ἐκ δεξιῶν (v.s. δεξιός ); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mk 15:39 (metaph., Tit 2:8 ); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly ), Mt 11:20. Of Time, of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jo 9:1, cf. Mk 10:20, Lk 23:8, Ac 24:10, al. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mk 14:72, al., cf. Mt 26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, II Pe 2:8. Of Origin, of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Ro 9:10, Mt 1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mt 1:3 ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jo 3:6 8:41, Ga 4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jo 1:13 3:5 ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jo 1:44; φυλῆς, Lk 2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Lk 23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jo 3:31. Of the author, occasion or source: Mt 5:37, Jo 2:16, Ro 2:29, I Co 8:6, Ga 5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ.) θεοῦ, I Co 7:7, II Co 5:1, I Jo 4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jo 6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jo 3:31; εκ καρδίας, Ro 6:17, cf. Mk 12:30, I Ti 1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Lk 19:22, Re 20:12. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15:5, Mk 7:11, II Co 2:2, al.; freq. in Re after αδικεῖσθαι ( 2:11 ), etc. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Re 16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Re 8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jo 6:66 19:12 (but v. Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, II Co 2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας εἶναι, Jo 18:37, I Jo 3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Ac 11:2, Ro 4:12, Ga 2:12, Col 4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25, Jo 4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Ga 6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. gen.), I Co 10:13; c. inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, II Co 8:11. Of material: Mt 27:29, Jo 2:15 19:2, Ro 9:21, I Co 11:12, Re 18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Ac 1:18. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mt 24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mk 5:30 (v. Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Lk 11:13. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, II Co 9:7, He 7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, II Co 8:13; ἐκ μέρους, I Co 12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jo 3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, I Co 7:5. in composition, ἐκ signifies, procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaph., ἐξαγγάλλω. Origin: ἔκγονος. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (v. M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.Scroll for more

sevenSeven.ἐπτά, οἱ, αἱ, τά indecl., seven: Mt 12:45 18:22 (cf. ἑβδομηκοντάκις ), Mk 8:5, al.; οἱ ἐ, Ac 21:8Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 15:20

← Back to Numbers 11:25

← Back to Judges 4:4

← Back to 2 Kings 22:14

← Back to 2 Chronicles 34:22

← Back to Romans 12:6

← Back to 1 Corinthians 11:5

← Back to 1 Corinthians 12:10

Acts 21:9

9Now this man had four virgin daughters who prophesied

Related verses (9)

this man

Now

had

daughters

four

virgin

who prophesied

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

τούτῳTOO-toh

δὲdeh

ἦσανAY-sahn

θυγατέρεςthoo-gah-TEH-res

τέσσαρεςTEH-sah-res

παρθένοιpahr-THEH-noy

προφητεύουσαιproh-fay-TYOO-oo-sai

The Pieces

τούτῳGreek demonstrative pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

ἦσανGreek verb

θυγατέρεςGreek noun, feminine

τέσσαρεςGreek adjective

παρθένοι

προφητεύουσαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

daughterA daughter; hence (Hebraistic?), of any female descendent, however far removed; even of one unrelated: my young lady.θυγάτηρ, -τρός, ἡ (for use of vocat., cf. M, Pr., 71; WH, App, 158), [in LXX for בַּת ( Ge 5:4, al.), exc. Jg 21:14 B, II Ch 21:17 ( אִשָּׁה );] a daughter: Mt 9:18 10:35, 37 14:6 15:22, 28, Mk 5:35 6:22 7:26, 29, Lk 2:36 8:42, 49 12:53, Ac 2:17 (LXX) 7:21 21:9, He 11:24. In NT, as in OT, not in cl.; as a form of friendly address (cf. Ru 2:2, 22 al.): Mt 9:22, Mk 5:34, Lk 8:48; metaph.: sc. κυρίου, II Co 6:18 (cf. Is 43:6 ); of posterity: θ. Ἀαρών, Lk 1:5; Ἀβραάμ, Lk 13:16 (cf. Is 16:2, IV Mac 15:28, al); of habitation: θ. Σιών, Ἱερουσαλήμ, Mt 21:5 (LXX), Lk 23:28, Jo 12:15 (cf. Is 1:8, Za 9:9, al.).†Scroll for more

fourFour.τέσσαρες (and Ion. and late -ερες, and late acc -ες; v. WH, App., 150; M, Pr., 36, 45 f.), οἱ, αἱ, -αρα, τά, gen., -ων, four: Mt 24:31, Mk 2:3, Lk 2:37, Jo 11:17 19:23, Ac 10:11, Re 4:4, 6, alScroll for more

virginA maiden, virgin; extended to men who have not known women.παρθένος, -ου, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for בְּתוּלָה, Ex 22:16 ( 15 ), Jb 31:1, Is 23:4, al.; also for נַעַר, נַעֲרָה, Ge 24:14, 16, 55 34:3, and for עַלְמָה, Ge 24:43, Is 7:14;] a maiden, virgin: Mt 1:23 (LXX) 25:1, 7, 11, Lk 1:27, Ac 21:9, I Co 7:25 ff., II Co 11:2; masc., of chaste persons ( CIG, 8784 b): Re 14:4.†Scroll for more

to prophesyI foretell, prophesy; I set forth matter of divine teaching by special faculty.προφητεύω (< προφήτης ), [in LXX chiefly for נבא ni., hith.;] to be a προφήτης (q.v.), to prophesy: in the primary sense of telling forth the Divine counsels, Mt 7:22 26:68, Mk 14:65, Lk 1:67 22:64, Ac 19:6, I Co 11:4, 5 13:9 14:1, 3-5, 24, 31, 39, Re 11:3; with the idea of foretelling future events (an idea merely incidental, not essential; v. Lft., Notes, 83 f.), Mt 11:13, Ac 2:17, 18 (LXX) 21:9; seq. περί, Mt 15:7, Mk 7:6, I Pe 1:10; ἐπί, c. dat., Re 10:11; λέγων, Ju 14; ὅτι, Jo 11:51.† SYN.: μαντεύομαι, q.v.Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 11:28

← Back to Acts 21:4

← Back to Acts 21:7

Acts 21:10

10And as we tarried there some days there came down from Judaea a certain prophet named Agabus

Related verses (3)

Acts 21:4, 7 | Acts 20:16 | Acts 11:28

as we tarried there

And

days

some

there came down

a certain

from

The ASV does not translate this word.

Judaea

prophet

named

Agabus

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

ἐπιμενόντωνeh-pee-meh-NOHN-tohn

δὲdeh

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

πλείουςPLAY-oos

κατῆλθένkah-TAYL-then

τιςtees

ἀπὸah-POH

τῆςtays

Ἰουδαίαςee-oo-DAI-ahs

προφήτηςproh-FAY-tays

ὀνόματιoh-NOH-mah-tee

ἍγαβοςHAH-gah-bohs

The Pieces

ἐπιμενόντωνGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

πλείουςGreek adjective

κατῆλθένGreek verb

τιςGreek indefinite pronoun

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

Ἰουδαίαςname of a place

προφήτηςGreek noun, masculine

ὀνόματιGreek noun, neuter

Ἅγαβοςname of a person

What It Can Mean

greaterMore, greater, of higher value.πλέον, v.s. πολύς.Scroll for more

oneAny one, some one, a certain one or thing.τις, neut., τι, gen., τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. As subst., one, a certain one: Lk 9:49, Jo 11:1, Ac 5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Lk 13:1, Ac 15:1, Ro 3:8, al. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12:29, Mk 9:30, Lk 8:46, Jo 2:25, Ac 17:25, Ro 5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on ), Mk 8:4, Jo 2:25, Ro 8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mk 14:4, al. As adj., a certain: Mt 18:12, Lk 1:5 8:27, Ac 3:2, al.; with proper names, Mk 15:21, Lk 23:26, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7:19, al. some: Mk 16:[18], Jo 5:14, Ac 17:21 24:24, He 11:40, al.Scroll for more

JudeaJudea, a Roman province, capital Jerusalem.Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ, v.s. Ἰουδαῖος.Scroll for more

prophetA prophet, poet; a person gifted at expositing divine truth.προφήτης, -ου, ὁ [< πρόφημι, to speak forth ), [in LXX chiefly for נָבִיא;] one who acts as an interpreter or forth-teller of the Divine will (v. Lft., Notes, 83 f.; Tr., Syn., § vi), a prophet; in cl. (Æsch., Hdt., Plat., al.), of the interpreters of oracles. In NT, of the OT prophets: Mt 5:12, Mk 6:15, Lk 4:27, Jo 8:52, Ro 11:3, al.; of prophets in general: Mt 10:41 13:57 21:46, Mk 6:4, Lk 13:33, al.; of John the Baptist: Mt 21:26, Mk 6:15, Lk 1:76; of Christ: Mt 21:11, Jo 6:14, Ac 3:22, 23 7:37 (LXX); of Christian prophets in the apostolic age: Ac 15:32, I Co 12:28, Eph 2:20, al.; by meton., of the writings of prophets: Lk 24:27, Ac 8:28, al.; of a poet: Tit 1:12 (on the use of the term in π. and Inscr., v. Deiss., BS, 235 f.; MM, xxii).Scroll for more

nameName, character, fame, reputation.ὄνομα, -τος, τό, [in LXX chiefly for שֵׁם;] in general, the name by which a person or thing is called: Mt 10:2, Mk 3:16, Lk 1:63, Jo 18:10, al.; ἄνθρωπος (etc.), ᾧ ( οὗ ) ὄ. ( τ. ὄ ), sc. ἦν or ἐστίν (Bl., § 30, 3), Mk 14:32, Lk 1:26, 27; with same ellipsis, καὶ τ. ὄ. αὐτοῦ ( ὄ. αὐτῷ ), Lk 1:5, Jo 1:6, al.; ὀνόματι, seq. nom. prop., Mt 27:32, Mk 5:22, Lk 1:5, Ac 5:1, al.; acc. absol. (Bl., § 34, 7), τοὔνομα (= τ. ὄνομα ), Mt 27:57; ὄ. μοι (sc. ἐστίν; cf. Hom., Od., ix, 366), Mk 5:9 (cf. Lk 8:30 ); ἔξειν ὄ., Re 9:11; καλεῖν ( ἐπιτιθέναι ) ὄ. (Bl., § 33, 1), Mt 1:21, Mk 3:16; τ. ὄ. ἐν ( τ. ) βίβλῳ ζωῆς (cf. Deiss., LAE, 121), Phl 4:3, Re 13:8, cf. Lk 10:20 ( ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς ); ὄ. βλασφημίας, Re 13:1; the name as opp. to the reality, Re 3:1 (cf. Hdt., vii, 138); as a title: Eph 1:21, Phl 2:9, 10 (Lft., in l.). By a usage similar to that with ref. to Heb. שֵׁם (Lft., Notes, 106 f.), but also common in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 39, 4; Deiss, BS, 146 f., 196 f.; LAE, 123 4, of all that the name implies, of rank, authority, character, etc.: of acting on one's authority or in his behalf, ἐν ( εἰς ) ὄ., c. gen. pers. (v. reff. supr.), Mt 10:41 21:9 28:19, Mk 11:9, Lk 13:35, Jo 5:43, Ac 8:16, I Co 1:13; of the name Christian, I Pe 4:16; esp. of the name of God as expressing the divine attributes: ἁγιάζειν ( ἅγιον ) τὸ ὄ. ( τ. Πατρός, Κυρίου ), Mt 6:9, Lk 1:49 11:2; ψάλλειν ( ὁμολογεῖν ) τῷ ὀ., Ro 15:9, He 13:15; δοξάζειν ( φανεροῦν, φοβεῖσθαι ) τὸ ὄ., Jo 12:28 17:6, 26, Re 11:18 15:4; βλασφημεῖν, Ro 2:24, I Ti 6:1, Re 13:6; similarly, of the name of Christ: τ. καλὸν ὄ. (Deiss., LAE, 276); πιστεύειν τῷ ὀ., I Jo 3:23; π. εἰς τ. ὄ. (Bl., § 39, 4), Jo 1:12 2:23 3:18; ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄ., II Ti 2:19; κρατεῖν, Re 2:13; οὐκ ἀρνεῖσθαι, Re 3:8; ἐν τ. ὀ. (v. reff. supr.), Mk 9:38 16:[17], Lk 10:17, Jo 14:13 16:23, 24 20:31, Ac 3:6 4:12, Eph 5:20, I Pe 4:14, al.; εἰς τ. ὄ. συνάγεσθαι, Mt 18:20; ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀ., Mt 19:29; διὰ τὸ ὄ., Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, al.; διὰ τοῦ ὀ., I Co 1:10; ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀ., Ac 9:16, Ro 1:5, al.; id. absol., Ac 5:41, III Jo 7; πρὸς τὸ ὄ., Ac 26:9. cause, ground, reason (in cl., usually in bad sense, pretext ): Mk 9:41 (Swete, in l.; Dalman, Words, 305 f.). In late Greek (Deiss., BS., 196 f.), an individual, a person: Ac 1:15, Re 3:4 11:13.Scroll for more

AgabusAgabus, a Christian prophet.Ἄγαβος, -ου, ὁ Agabus: Ac 11:28, 21:10.†Scroll for more

← Back to Jeremiah 43:9

← Back to Ezekiel 3:25

← Back to Matthew 16:22

← Back to Matthew 22:13

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:23

← Back to Philippians 1:13

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 3:3

← Back to 1 Peter 4:19

Acts 21:11

11And coming to us and taking Paul’s girdle he bound his own feet and hands and said Thus saith the Holy Spirit So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owneth this girdle and shall deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles

Word By Word, In Greek Order1And | 2coming | 3to | 4us | 5and | 6taking | 7— | 8girdle | 9— | 10Paul’s | 11he bound | 12his own | 13— | 14feet | 15and | 16— | 17hands | 18and said | 19Thus | 20saith | 21the | 22Spirit | 23— | 24Holy | 25the | 26man | 27that owneth | 28— | 29— | 30girdle | 31this | 32So | 33shall … bind | 34at | 35Jerusalem | 36the | 37Jews | 38and | 39shall deliver him | 40into | 41the hands | 42of the Gentiles

Related verses (26)

And

coming

and

taking

The ASV does not translate this word.

girdle

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul’s

he bound

his own

The ASV does not translate this word.

feet

and

The ASV does not translate this word.

hands

and said

Thus

saith

the

Spirit

The ASV does not translate this word.

Holy

the

man

that owneth

The ASV does not translate this word.

girdle

this

shall … bind

Jerusalem

the

Jews

and

shall deliver him

into

the hands

of the Gentiles

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

Card 32

Card 33

Card 34

Card 35

Card 36

Card 37

Card 38

Card 39

Card 40

Card 41

Card 42

καὶkai

ἐλθὼνel-THOHN

πρὸςprohs

ἡμᾶςhay-MAHS

καὶkai

ἄραςAH-rahs

τὴνtayn

ζώνηνZOH-nayn

τοῦtoo

ΠαύλουPOW-loo

δήσαςDAY-sahs

ἑαυτοῦheh-ow-TOO

τοὺςtoos

πόδαςPOH-dahs

καὶkai

τὰςtahs

χεῖραςCHAY-rahs

εἶπενAY-pen

ΤάδεTAH-deh

λέγειLEH-gay

τὸtoh

πνεῦμαPNYOO-mah

τὸtoh

ἅγιονHAH-gee-ohn

Τὸνtohn

ἄνδραAHN-drah

οὗhoo

ἐστινeh-steen

ἡhay

ζώνηZOH-nay

αὕτηHOW-tay

οὕτωςHOO-tohs

δήσουσινDAY-soo-seen

ἐνen

Ἰερουσαλὴμee-eh-roo-sah-LAYM

οἱhoy

Ἰουδαῖοιee-oo-DAI-oy

καὶkai

παραδώσουσινpah-rah-DOH-soo-seen

εἰςays

χεῖραςCHAY-rahs

ἐθνῶνeh-THNOHN

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐλθὼνGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

ἡμᾶςGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἄραςGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

ζώνηνGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

Παύλουname of a person

δήσαςGreek verb

ἑαυτοῦGreek reflexive pronoun

τοὺςGreek article

πόδαςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

τὰςGreek article

χεῖραςGreek noun, feminine

εἶπενGreek verb

ΤάδεGreek demonstrative pronoun

λέγειGreek verb

τὸGreek article

πνεῦμαGreek noun, neuter

τὸGreek article

ἅγιονGreek adjective

ΤὸνGreek article

ἄνδραGreek noun, masculine

οὗGreek relative pronoun

ἐστινGreek verb

ἡGreek article

ζώνηGreek noun, feminine

αὕτηGreek demonstrative pronoun

οὕτωςGreek adverb

δήσουσινGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

Ἰερουσαλὴμname of a place

οἱGreek article

Ἰουδαῖοιname of a people descended from a person

καὶGreek conjunction

παραδώσουσινGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

χεῖραςGreek noun, feminine

ἐθνῶνGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

to/withTo, towards, with.πρός, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 5:11, Lk 19:37, Jo 18:16 20:11, 12, Re 1:13. C. acc., of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. Of place, after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mt 3:14, Mk 6:51, Lk 11:5, Jo 2:3, Ac 9:2, al. mult.; metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23:12, Jo 6:52, II Co 7:4, Eph 6:12, Col 3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14:32, Jo 11:4, al.; of purpose, Mt 26:12, Ro 3:26, I Co 6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, c. inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5:28, Mk 13:22, Eph 6:11, I Th 2:9, al.; of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3:10, Mk 11:4, Lk 4:11, Ac 3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mt 13:56, Mk 6:3, Jo 1:1, al. Of time, towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 8:11, al.): Lk 24:29; for: πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jo 5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Ja 4:14. Of relation toward, with: Ro 5:1, II Co 1:12, Col 4:5, I Th 4:12, al.; with regard to: Mt 19:8, Mk 12:12, Ro 8:31, al.; pertaining to, to: Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; according to: Lk 12:47, II Co 5:10, Ga 2:14, Eph 3:4 4:14; in comparison with: Ro 8:18. In composition: towards ( προσέρχομαι ), to ( προσάγω ), against ( προσκόπτω ), besides ( προσδαπανάω ).Scroll for more

to take upI raise, lift up, take away, remove.αἴρω, [in LXX chiefly for נשׂא, also for לקח, etc.;] to raise, take up, lift or draw up: Jo 8:59 11:41, Ac 27:17, al. to bear, carry: Mt 4:6 16:24, al. to bear or take away, carry off, remove: Mt 21:21, Jo 19:31, I Co 5:12 6:15 (v. Lft., Notes, 216), al.; of the taking away sin by Christ, Jo 1:29, I Jo 3:5. (Cf. ἀπ’, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, μετ-, συν-, ὑπερ-αίρω ). For exx. from π., v. MM, VGT, s.v.)Scroll for more

belt/sash/girdleA girdle, belt, waistband; because the purse was kept there, also: a purse.ζώνη, -ης, ἡ ( ζώννυμι ) [in LXX for אַבְנֵט, חֲגוֹרָה, etc.;] a belt, girdle: Mt 3:4, Mk 1:6, Ac 21:11, Re 1:13 15:6; as a receptacle for money, Mt 10:9, Mk 6:8.†Scroll for more

to bindI bind, tie, fasten; I impel, compel; I declare to be prohibited and unlawful.δέω (I), [in LXX chiefly for אסר;] to tie, bind, fasten; c. acc. rei, seq. εἰς δεσμάς, Mt 13:30; of an ass, Mt 21:2, Mk 11:2, 4 Lk 19:30. c. acc. pers., of swathing a dead body, ὀθονίοις, Jo 19:40; δεδομένος τ. πόδας... κειρίαις (Bl., §34, 6; Kühner 3, iii, 125), Jo 11:44; of binding with chains, ἀγγέλους, Re 9:14; a demoniac, πέδαις κ. ἁλύσεσι, Mk 5:3, 4; captives, Mt 12:29 14:3 22:13 27:2, Mk 3:27 6:17 15:1, 7, Jo 18:12, 24, Ac 9:2, 14, 21, 21:11, 13 22:5, 29 24:27, Col 4:3, Re 20:2; ἁλύσεσι, Ac 12:6 21:33. Metaph., ὁ λόγος τ. Θεοῦ, II Ti 2:9; of Satan binding by disease (MM, s.v.), Lk 13:16; of constraint or obligation, Ac 20:22; of the marriage bond, I Co 7:39; id. c. dat. pers., ἀνδρί, Ro 7:2; γυναικί, I Co 7:27; in Rabbinic lang. (Dalman, Words, 213f.), to forbid, declare forbidden, Mt 16:19 18:18 (cf. κατα-, περι-, συν-, ὐπο-δέω; Cremer, 82).†Scroll for more

themselfHimself, herself, itself.ἑαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, dat. -ῷ, etc., acc. -όν, etc., pi. -ῶν, etc. (Att. contr. αὑτοῦ, etc); reflex pron.; prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se ), of himself, herself, itself, etc.: Mt 27:42, Mk 15:31, Lk 23:35, al.; added to a middle verb, διεμερίσαντο ἑαυτοῖς, Jo 19:24; to an active verb, Ac 14:14 (M, Pr., 157); ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ, Lk 12:57 21:30, Jo 5:19, al. (v.s. ἀπό ); δι’ ἑαυτοῦ, Ro 14:14; ἐν ἑ., Mt 3:9, Mk 5:30, al.; εἰς ἑ., Lk 15:17; καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ja 2:17; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at his own house, I Co 16:2; πρὸς ἑ., with, to himself, Lk 18:11; as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened; v. M, Pr., 87f.), τ. ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς, Lk 9:60. As reflexive 1st and 2nd pers. (so also freq. in cl., chiefly poetry), Mt 23:31, Mk 9:50, Ro 8:23, I Th 2:8, al. In pl., for reciprocal pron., ἀλλήλων, -οις, -ους, of one another, etc.: Mt 21:38, Mk 16:3, Eph 5:19, al.Scroll for more

footThe foot.πούς, ποδός, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for רֶגֶל;] a foot, both of men and beasts: Mt 4:6 (LXX), Mk 9:45, Lk 1:79, Jo 11:44, Ac 7:5, al.; ὑπο τοὺς π., Ro 16:20, I Co 15:25, 27, Eph 1:22, He 2:8; ὑποκάτω τῶν π., Mt 22:44 (LXX); πρὸς ( παρὰ ) τοὺς π., Mk 5:22, Lk 8:41, al.; fig., Mt 15:30, Lk 10:39, Ac 5:2, al.; ἔμπροσθεν τῶν π., Re 3:9 19:10, al.; ἐπὶ τοὺς π., Ac 10:25. By meton., of a person in motion ( Ps 118 (119):101 ): Lk 1:79, Ac 5:9, Ro 3:15 10:15, He 12:13.Scroll for more

handA hand.χείρ, gen., χειρος (acc., χεῖραν, I Pe 5:6 T), ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for יָד;] the hand: Mt 3:12, Mk 3:1, Lk 6:6, al. mult.; ἡ χ., acting subject, Lk 22:21; pl., Ac 17:25 20:34, I Jo 1:1; τ. ἔργα τῶν χ., Ac 7:41, Re 9:20; ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τ. ἐμῇ χ., I Co 16:21, Col 4:18, II Th 3:17; prepositional phrases, esp. those without art., similar to Heb. constructions (Bl., §32, 4; 40, 9; 46, 9), ἐν χ.; c gen. (Lft., in l.), Ga 3:19; σὺν χ. ἀγγέλου, Ac 7:35; διὰ (τῶν) χειρῶν (διὰ χειρός), Mk 6:2, Ac 5:12 7:25, al.; ἐπὶ χειρῶν, Mt 4:6, Lk 4:11; ellipse of χ. ( ἡ δεξία, ἀριστερα; Bl., § 44, 1), Mt 6:3, al. By meton., for the power or activity of an individual, Mt 17:22, Mk 9:31, Lk 9:44, Jo 10:39, Ac 12:11, al.; metaph., of the activity or power of God: Lk 1:66 23:46, Jo 10:29, Ac 11:21 13:11, al.Scroll for more

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

thisThis here, this, that, he, she, it.ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε (the old demonstr. pron., ὁ + the enclitic δε ), = Lat. hicce, this ( here ), referring prop. to what is present, can be seen or pointed out: of a person just named, τῇδε (= ταύτῃ ), Lk 10:39; neut. pl., τάδε ( λέγει ), referring to words which follow (so in Att., and v. MM, xvii): Ac 21:11, Re 2:1, 8, 12, 18 3:1, 7, 14; εἰς τήνδε τ. πόλιν (= Att. τῇ καὶ τῇ, Plat., Legg., iv, 721 B), such and such a city, Ja 4:13.†Scroll for more

holySet apart by (or for) God, holy, sacred.ἅγιος, -α, ον (< τό ἅγός, religious awe; ἅζω, to venerate ), [in LXX chiefly for קֹ֫דֶשׁ;] primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt.; rare in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use ἁγνός ), hence, holy, characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration. Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and glory: Lk 1:49, Jo 17:11, Re 4:8. Hence of things and places which have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple: Mt 24:15, He 9:1; of persons employed by him, as angels: I Th 3:13; prophets, Lk 1:70; apostles, Eph 3:5. Applied to persons as separated to God's service: of Christ, Mk 1:24, Jo 6:69, Ac 4:30; of Christians, Ac 9:13, Ro 1:7, He 6:10, Re 5:8. In the moral sense of sharing God's purity: Mk 6:20, Jo 17:11, Ac 3:14, Re 3:7. Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings: I Co 7:14, Eph 1:4. SYN.: ἁγνός, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense; ἱερός ( sacer ), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external) relation to God; ὅσιος ( sanctus as opp. to nefas ), that which is based on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxviii; DB, ii, 399 f.; Cremer, 34, 594-601; MM, VGT, s.v.)Scroll for more

manA male human being; a man, husband.ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ, freq. אֱנוֹשׁ, also אָדָם, etc.;] a man, Lat. vir. As opp. to a woman, Ac 8:12, I Ti 2:12; as a husband, Mt 1:16, Jo 4:16, Ro 7:2, Tit 1:6. As opp. to a boy or infant, I Co 13:11, Eph 4:13, Ja 3:2. In appos. with a noun or adj., as ἀ. ἁμαρτωλός, Lk 5:8; ἀ. προφήτης, 24:19; freq. in terms of address, as ἀ. ἀδελφοί, Ac 1:16; and esp. with gentilic names, as ἀ. Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 22:3; ἀ. Ἐφέσιοι, 19:35. In general, a man, a male person: = τις, Lk 8:41, Ac 6:11. SYN.: ἄνθρωπος, q.v. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

he isεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

this/he/she/itThis; he, she, it.οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

thusThus, so, in this manner.οὕτως, rarely (Bl., § 5, 4; WH, App., 146 f.) οὕτω, adv. (< οὗτος ), [in LXX chiefly for כֵּן;] in this way, so, thus; referring to what precedes: Mt 5:16 6:30, Mk 10:43 14:59, Lk 1:25 2:48 15:7, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:15, I Co 8:12, al.; οὕτως καί, Mt 17:12, Mk 13:29, al.; pleonastically, resuming a ptcp. (cl.; v. Bl., § 74, 6), Ac 20:11 27:17. Referring to what follows: Mt 1:18 6:9, Lk 19:31, Jo 21:1, I Pe 2:15; bef. quotations from OT, Mt 2:5, Ac 7:6, I Co 15:45, He 4:4. C. adj. (marking intensity): He 12:21, Re 16:18; similarly c. adv., Ga 1:6 (cl.). As a predicate (Bl., § 76, 1): Mt 1:18 9:33, Mk 2:1, 2 4:26, Ro 4:18 9:20, I Pe 2:15; οὕ ἔχειν (Lat. sic or ita se habere ), Ac 7:1, al.; ἐκαθέζετο (as he was, without delay or preparation), Jo 4:6. In comparison, with correlative adv.: καθάπερ... οὕ., Ro 12:4, 5 al.; καθὼς... οὕ., Lk 11:30, al.; οὕ.... καθώς, Lk 24:24, al.; ὡς... οὕ., Ro 5:15, al.; οὕ... ὡς, Mk 4:26, al; ὥσπερ... οὕ., Mt 12:40, al.; οὕ.... οὕ., I Co 7:7.Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

Jerusalem(Aramaic form), Jerusalem, the capital of Palestine: hence Judaism, and allegorically, Christendom, the Christian Church.Ἱερουσαλήμ, v.s. Ἱεροσόλυμα.Scroll for more

JewJewish.Ἰουδαῖος, -αία, -αῖον (< Ἰούδας ), Jewish: ἀνήρ, Ac 10:28 22:3; ἄνθρωπος, Ac 21:39; ψευδοπροφήτης, 13:6; ἀσχιερεύς, 19:14; γυνή, 16:1 24:24; γῆ, Jo 3:22; χώρα, Mk 1:5. Substantively, Ἰουδαῖος, ὁ, a Jew: Jo 4:9, Ac 18:24, Ro 2:28; pl., Re 2:9 3:9; οἱ Ἰ., Mt 2:2, Mk 7:3, Jo 2:6, al.; Ἰ. τε καὶ Ἕλληνες, Ac 14:1, al.; κ. προσήλυτοι, Ac 2:10; ἔθνη τε κ. Ἰ., Ac 14:5; οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη Ἰ., Ac 21:21; of Jewish Christians, Ga 2:13; of the ruling class who opposed Jesus, Jo 1:19 2:18 5:10 11:8 13:33, al.; Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ (sc. γῆ, χώρα, cf. Jo 3:22, Mk 1:5 ), (Heb. יְהוּדָה ), Judæa: Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Jo 4:3, al.Scroll for more

to deliverI hand over, pledge, hand down, deliver, commit, commend, betray, abandon.παρα-δίδωμι, [in LXX chiefly for נתן;] correl. to παρδέχομαι, to give or hand over to another: c. acc. et dat., Mt 11:27 25:14, Lk 4:6, al.; of being delivered up to a course of teaching, pass. seq. εἰς, Ro 6:17. to commit, commend: Ac 14:26 15:40, I Pe 2:23. to give or deliver up to prison or judgment: c. acc. pers., Mt 4:12, Mk 1:14, Ro 4:25, II Pe 2:4; id. seq. ὑπέρ, Ro 8:32; c. dat., Mt 5:25, Mk 15:1, Lk 12:58, Jo 19:11, al.; id. seq. ἵνα, Jo 19:16; c. inf., Ac 12:4; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:17 17:22 24:9, Lk 21:12, Ac 8:3, II Co 4:11, al.; τ. Σατανᾷ, I Ti 1:20; id. seq. εἰς ὄλεθρον σαρκός, I Co 5:5; with the collat. idea of treachery (= προδίδωμι ), c. acc. pers., Mt 26:16, Mk 14:11, Jo 6:64, al.; id. c. dat., Mt 26:15, al.; pres. ptcp., ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτόν, Mt 26:25, Mk 14:42, Jo 13:11. to hand down, hand on or deliver verbally (traditions, commands, etc.): Mk 7:13, Lk 1:2, Ac 6:14, I Co 11:2 15:2; pass., II Pe 2:21, Ju 3. to permit (for exx. in cl., v. LS, s.v.): Mk 4:29.Scroll for more

GentilesA race, people, nation; the nations, heathen world, Gentiles.ἔθνος, -ους, τό, [in LXX chiefly for עַם,גּוֹי;] a multitude, a company, whether of beasts or men (Hom.). a nation, people: Mt 21:43 24:7, Mk 13:8, Lk 22:25, Ac 10:35, al.; in sing., of the Jewish people, Lk 7:5 23:2, Jo 11:48, 50-53 18:35, Ac 10:22 24:3, 10 26:4 28:19. In pl., as in OT, τὰ ἔ. (like Heb. הַגּוֹיִם ), the nations, as distinct from Israel, Gentiles: Mt 4:15 6:32, Ac 26:17, Ro 3:29 11:11 15:10, Ga 2:8, al.; of Gentile Christians, Ro 11:13 15:27 16:4, Ga 2:12, 14, Eph 3:1. SYN.: λαός (v. DCG, ii, 229; Cremer, 226).Scroll for more

← Back to John 11:8

← Back to Acts 19:31

Acts 21:12

12And when we heard these things both we and they of that place besought him not to go up to Jerusalem

Word By Word, In Greek Order1when | 2And | 3we heard | 4these things | 5besought | 6we | 7both | 8and | 9they | 10of that place | 11— | 12not | 13to go up | 14him | 15to | 16Jerusalem

Related verses (3)

Acts 21:4 | Acts 20:22 | Matthew 16:21-23

when

And

we heard

these things

besought

both

and

they

of that place

The ASV does not translate this word.

not

to go up

him

Jerusalem

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

ὡςhohs

δὲdeh

ἠκούσαμενay-KOO-sah-men

ταῦταTOW-tah

παρεκαλοῦμενpah-reh-kah-LOO-men

ἡμεῖςhay-MAYS

τεteh

καὶkai

οἱhoy

ἐντόπιοιen-TOH-pee-oy

τοῦtoo

μὴmay

ἀναβαίνεινah-nah-BAI-nayn

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

εἰςays

Ἰερουσαλήμee-eh-roo-sah-LAYM

The Pieces

ὡςGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

ἠκούσαμενGreek verb

ταῦταGreek demonstrative pronoun

παρεκαλοῦμενGreek verb

ἡμεῖςGreek pronoun

τεGreek conjunction

καὶGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

ἐντόπιοιGreek adjective

τοῦGreek article

μὴGreek negative particle

ἀναβαίνεινGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἰερουσαλήμname of a place

What It Can Mean

to hearI hear, listen, comprehend by hearing; pass: is heard, reported.ἀκούω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁמע;] to hear, listen, attend, perceive by hearing, comprehend by hearing. Intrans.: Mk 4:3 7:37, Ja 2:5, Re 2:7, al.; τ. ὠσίν, Mt 13:15 (LXX); c. cogn. dat., ακοῇ ἀ. (v.s. ἀκοή ), Mt 13:14, Ac 28:26 (LXX); ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ( οὖς ) ἀκούειν, ἀκουσάτω, Mt 11:15, Mk 4:23, Re 2:7, al. Trans., prop. c. acc. rei, of thing heard, gen. pers., from whom heard (LS, s.v.): Ac 1:4; c. acc. rei, Mt 12:19, Jo 3:8 (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22:9, al.; c. dupl. acc., Jo 12:18, I Co 11:18; c. gen. rei, Jo 7:40 (Abbott, JV, 116); τ. φωνῆς (cf. Heb. שָׁמַע בְּקֹול, Ex 18:19 ), Jo 5:25, 28 Ac 9:7 (on the distinction bet. this and ἀ. φωνήν, ib. 4, v. M, Pr., 66; Field, Notes, 117; Abbott, Essays, 93f.); of God answering prayer, Jo 9:31, I Jo 5:14, 15; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Jo 8:26, 40 Ac 10:22, II Ti 2:2; id. seq. ἀπό, I Jo 1:5; c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14:58, Lk 18:36, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., §36, 5; Cremer, 82.)Scroll for more

thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to plead/comfort(a) I send for, summon, invite, (b) I beseech, entreat, beg, (c) I exhort, admonish, (d) I comfort, encourage, console.παρα-καλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for נחם ni., pi.;] to call to one, call for, summon: Ac 28:20 (R, mg.; R, txt., entreat ); hence (of the gods: Dem., Xen., al.), to invoke, call on, beseech, entreat: τ. πατέρα μου, Mt 26:53; τ. κύριον, II Co 12:8; in late writers (Polyb., Diod., al.; rarely in LXX; in π., v. Deiss., LAE, 176 14 ), also of men: absol., Phm 9; c. acc., Mt 8:5, Mk 1:40, Ac 16:9, al.; c. inf., Mk 5:17, Lk 8:41, Ac 8:31, al.; seq. ἵνα (v. M, Pr., 205, 208), Mt 14:36, Mk 5:18, Lk 8:31, al. to admonish, exhort: absol., Lk 3:18, Ro 12:8, II Ti 4:2, al.; c. acc., Ac 15:32, I Th 2:11, He 3:13, al.; id. seq. inf., Ac 11:23, Ro 12:1, Phl 4:2, I Th 4:10, al.; seq. ἵνα (v. M, Pr., 205, 208), I Co 1:10, II Co 8:6, I Th 4:1, al. to cheer, encourage, comfort (Plut., LXX: Jb 4:3, Is 35:3, Si 43:24, al.): c. acc., II Co 1:6, Eph 6:22, Col 2:2, al.; id. seq. ἐν, I Th 4:18; διά, II Co 1:4; pass., Mt 5:4, Lk 16:25, Ac 20:12. SYN.: παραμυθέω (cf. M, Th., 25).Scroll for more

and/bothAnd, both.τέ, enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as καί = et, ac, atque ), not very freq. in NT, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in Ac. τέ solitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than καί between words and sentences which it connects (Bl., §77, 8): Mt 28:12, Jo 4:42, Ac 2:33, 37, 40 10:22 11:21, al. Denoting a closer connection than simple καί, τὲ... καί, τὲ καί, τὲ... τέ ( Ac 26:16 Ro 14:8 ), as well... as also, both... and: Lk 12:45, Ac 1:1 15:9 21:30, al.; τὲ... δέ, and... and, Ac 19:2; τὲ γάρ... ὁμοίως δὲ καί, Ro 1:26, 27.Scroll for more

residentBelonging to the place, native, resident; subst: a citizen.* ἐντόπιος, -ον (< τόπος ), of a place, resident: Ac 21:12.†Scroll for more

to ascendI go up, mount, ascend; of things: I rise, spring up, come up.ἀναβαίνω, [in LXX chiefly for עלה;] to go up, ascend, of persons: ἐπί συκομωρέαν, Lk 19:4; εἰς τ. πλοῖον, Mk 6:51; εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, Mt 20:17; εἰς τ. ἱερόν, c. inf. (M, Pr., 205), Lk 18:10; with mention of place of departure, Mt 3:16 ( ἀπό ), Ac 8:39 ( ἐκ ); of things, to rise, spring up, come up: a fish, Mt 17:27; smoke, Re 8:4; plants growing, Mt 13:7; metaph., of things coming up in one's mind (as Heb. עָלָה אֶל לֵב; IV Ki 12:4, al.), Lk 24:38, I Co 2:9; of prayers, Ac 10:4; messages, Ac 21:31 (for late exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

Jerusalem(Aramaic form), Jerusalem, the capital of Palestine: hence Judaism, and allegorically, Christendom, the Christian Church.Ἱερουσαλήμ, v.s. Ἱεροσόλυμα.Scroll for more

← Back to Numbers 32:7

← Back to Judges 11:36

← Back to Judges 16:30

← Back to Ruth 1:16

← Back to 2 Samuel 15:21

← Back to 1 Chronicles 11:18

← Back to Nehemiah 6:11

← Back to Esther 4:16

← Back to Psalms 112:7

← Back to Song of Solomon 8:6

← Back to Jeremiah 40:1

← Back to Daniel 3:17

← Back to Jonah 1:6

← Back to Matthew 10:28

← Back to Matthew 26:46

← Back to Romans 1:15

← Back to Romans 14:8

← Back to 1 Corinthians 13:3

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:8

← Back to Philippians 1:20

← Back to Philippians 2:17

← Back to Philippians 2:26

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 3:3

← Back to 2 Timothy 1:7

← Back to 2 Timothy 1:12

← Back to 1 Peter 5:2

← Back to Revelation 2:10

← Back to Revelation 12:11

Acts 21:13

13Then Paul answered What do ye weeping and breaking my heart for I am ready not to be bound only but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus

Related verses (21)

Then

answered

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

What

do ye

weeping

and

breaking

The ASV does not translate this word.

heart

for

not

only

to be bound

but

also

to die

Jerusalem

am ready

for

the

name

of the

Lord

Jesus

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

τότεTOH-teh

ἀπεκρίθηah-peh-KREE-thay

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

Τίtee

ποιεῖτεpoy-AY-teh

κλαίοντεςKLAI-ohn-tes

καὶkai

συνθρύπτοντέςsoon-THROO-ptohn-tes

μουmoo

τὴνtayn

καρδίανkahr-DEE-ahn

ἐγὼeh-GOH

γὰρgahr

οὐoo

μόνονMOH-nohn

δεθῆναιdeh-THAY-nai

ἀλλὰah-LAH

καὶkai

ἀποθανεῖνah-poh-thah-NAYN

εἰςays

Ἰερουσαλὴμee-eh-roo-sah-LAYM

ἑτοίμωςheh-TOY-mohs

ἔχωEH-choh

ὑπὲρhoo-PEHR

τοῦtoo

ὀνόματοςoh-NOH-mah-tohs

τοῦtoo

κυρίουkoo-REE-oo

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

The Pieces

τότεGreek adverb

ἀπεκρίθηGreek verb

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

ΤίGreek interrogative pronoun

ποιεῖτεGreek verb

κλαίοντεςGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

συνθρύπτοντέςGreek verb

μουGreek pronoun

τὴνGreek article

καρδίανGreek noun, feminine

ἐγὼGreek pronoun

γὰρGreek conjunction

οὐGreek negative particle

μόνονGreek adjective

δεθῆναιGreek verb

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀποθανεῖνGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἰερουσαλὴμname of a place

ἑτοίμωςGreek adverb

ἔχωGreek verb

ὑπὲρGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

ὀνόματοςGreek noun, neuter

τοῦGreek article

κυρίουGreek noun, masculine

Ἰησοῦname of a person

What It Can Mean

thenThen, at that time.τότε, demonstr. adv. of time, correlat. of ὅτε, then, at that time; of concurrent events: Mt 2:17 3:5 and freq., Ro 6:21; seq. ptcp., Mt 2:16, Ga 4:8; opp. to νῦν, Ga 4:29, He 12:26; ὁ τ. κόσμος, II Pe 3:6; of consequent events, then, thereupon: Mt 2:7 3:5 4:1 and freq., Lk 11:26; τ. οὖν, Jo 11:14 19:1, 16 20:8; εὐθέως τ., Ac 17:14; ὅτε... τ., Mt 13:26 21:1, Jo 12:16; ἀπὸ τ., Mt 4:17 16:21 26:16, Lk 16:16; of things future: Mt 24:23, 40 25:1, 31 ff.; opp. to ἄρτι, I Co 13:12; καὶ τ., Mt 7:23, Mk 13:21, Lk 21:27, I Co 4:5, al.; ὅταν... τ., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35, I Th 5:3, al. (more freq. in Mt than in the rest of the NT).Scroll for more

to answerI answer, reply, take up the conversation.ἀπο-κρίνω, [in LXX chiefly for ענה;] in cl., to separate, distinguish. to choose. Mid., to answer: Mt 27:12, Mk 14:61, Lk 3:16 23:9, Jo 5:17, 19, Ac 3:12. In late Gk. the pass, also is used in this sense, and pass. forms are the more freq. in NT (M, Pr., 39, 161; MM, s.v.); in general sense: absol., Mk 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 22:46; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:38; seq. πρός, Ac 25:16; Hebraistically like ענה, to begin to speak, take up the conversation (Kennedy, Sources, 124 f.): Mt 11:25, al., redundant, as in the Heb. phrase וַיַּעַן וַיּאֹמֶר (Dalman, Words, 24 f., 38; M, Pr., 14; Bl., § 58, 4; 74, 2; Cremer, 374): ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπε, Mt 4:4; ἔφη, 8:8; λέγει, Mk 3:33; in Jo most freq. ( ἀπεκ. κ. εἶπε, 1:49.Scroll for more

which?Who, which, what, why.τίς, neut., τί, gen., τίνος, interrog. pron., [in LXX for מָה,מִי;] in masc. and fem., who, which, what?; in neut., which, what?, used both in direct and in indirect questions. As subst., masc., fem.: τίς; who, what?, Mt 3:7 26:68; Mk 11:28, Lk 9:9, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Ac 7:52, He 1:5, al; seq. ἐκ (= gen. partit.), Mt 6:27, Lk 14:28, Jo 8:46; = ποῖος, Mk 4:41 6:2, Lk 19:3, Ac 17:19, al.; = πότερος (M, Pr., 77), Mt 21:31 27:17, Lk 22:27, al.; = ὅς or ὅστις (rare in cl.; cf. Bl., §50, 5; M, Pr., 93), Ac 13:25. Neut.: τί; what?, Mt 5:47 11:7, Mk 10:3, al.; χάριν τίνος, I Jo 3:12; διὰ τί, Mt 9:11, al.; εἰς τί, Mt 14:31, al.; elliptically, ἵνα τί (sc. γένηται ), why, Mt 9:5, al.; τί οὖν, Ro 3:9 6:1, 15 I Co 14:15, al.; τί γάρ, Ro 3:3, Phl 1:18; τί ἐμοὶ (ὑμῖν) καὶ σοί, v.s. ἔγω. As adj.: who? what? which?, Mt 5:46, Lk 14:31, Jo 2:18, al. As adv.: = διὰ τι (τί ὅτι), why, Mt 6:28, Mk 4:40, Lk 6:46, Jo 18:23, al.; in rhet. questions, = a negation, Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, 23 I Co 5:12 7:16, al. in exclamations (like Heb. מָה ), how ( II Ki 6:20, Ps 3:2, al.), Lk 12:49.Scroll for more

to do/make: do(a) I make, manufacture, construct, (b) I do, act, cause.ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] to make, produce, create, cause: c. acc. rei, Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 9:11, Ac 9:39, Ro 9:20, al.; of God as Creator (c. acc. pers. also), Mt 19:4, Mk 10:6, Lk 11:40, Ac 4:24, He 1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mt 20:12 (cf. Ru 2:19; so AV, but v. infr.), Re 13:5, R, mg. (but v. infr.); σκάνδαλα, Ro 16:17; εἰρήνην, Eph 2:15, Ja 3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Ac 24:12; συστροφήν, Ac 23:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Lk 1:68, Ac 15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι ), to go on, advance, Mk 2:23; πόλεμον, Re 11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Lk 18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Ac 25:3; κρίσιν, Jo 5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jo 5:36, al.; σημεῖα ( τέρατα καὶ σ. ), Jo 2:23 and freq., Ac 2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jo 14:23; πορείαν, Lk 13:22; κοινωνίαν, Ro 15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mk 6:21, al.; δοχήν, Lk 5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mt 22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mt 20:12, RV (but v. supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Re 13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but v. supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Ja 4:13; c. acc. seq. ἐκ, Jo 2:15, al.; c. acc. et acc. pred., Mt 3:3 12:16, Mk 1:3 3:12, Jo 5:11, al.; c. adv., καλῶς, Mk 7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Ex 23:16, al.), Ac 18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mt 26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Jb 42:8, III Ki 11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Lk 22:19, but v. Abbott, Essays, 110 ff.); seq. ἵνα (WM, 422 f.; M, Pr., 228), Jo 11:37, Col 4:16, Re 3:9. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., c. adv., καλῶς π., Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:19; id. seq. ptcp. (cl.; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10:33, Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jo 6; οὕτως, Mt 24:46, Lk 9:15, al.; ὡς ( καθώς ), Mt 1:24 21:6, al.; ὁμοίως, Lk 3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mt 20:5; c. ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, I Ti 1:13; c. acc. rei: τί interrog., Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25, Lk 6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mt 13:28, Mk 5:32, Lk 22:19 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays ), Ro 7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jo 7:19, Ga 5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22:5, I Ch 22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mt 5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mt 6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 3:21, al., etc.; c. dupl. acc., Mt 27:22, Mk 15:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mt 7:12, Mk 5:19, 20, Lk 1:49, Jo 9:26, al. SYN.: πράσσω, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcvi; Westc. on Jo 3:21; ICC on Ro 1:32 ).Scroll for more

to weepI weep, weep for, mourn, lament.κλαίω, [in LXX chiefly for בּכה;] of any loud expression of pain or sorrow, esp. for the dead, to weep, lament; intrans.: Mk 5:38, 39 14:72 (M, Pr., 131) Mk 16:[10], Lk 7:13, 32, 38 8:52, Jo 11:31, 33 16:20 20:11, 13, 15 Ac 9:39 21:13, I Co 7:30, Phl 3:18, Ja 4:9 5:1, Re 5:5 18:15, 19; πολύ, Re 5:4; πολλά, Ac 8:24 (WH, mg.); πικρῶς, Mt 26:75, Lk 22:62; opp. to γελάω, Lk 6:21, 25; χαίρω, Ro 12:15; seq. ἐπί, c. acc., Lk 19:41 23:28, Re 18:9; trans., c. acc. pers., to weep or lament for, bewail: Mt 2:18.† SYN.: v.s. δακρύω.Scroll for more

to breakI break in pieces, crush, thoroughly weaken.*† συν-θρύπτω to break in pieces, crush: metaph., τ. καρδίαν, Ac 21:13.†Scroll for more

of meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

heartLit: the heart; mind, character, inner self, will, intention, center.καρδία, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for לֵב, לֵבָב;] the heart, the bodily organ which is regarded as the seat of life ( II Ki 18:14, IV Ki 9:24, al.). In a psychological sense, the seat of man's collective energies, the focus of personal life, the seat of the rational as well as the emotional and volitional elements in human life, hence that wherein lies the moral and religious condition of the man ( DB, ii, 317 f.; DGG, ii, 344 a ); of the seat of physical life ( Jg 19:5, Ps 101 (102):5 103 (104):15 ): Ac 14:17, Ja 5:5; of the seat of spiritual life: Mt 5:8, Mk 7:19, Lk 1:51, Ac 5:3, Ro 10:9, 10, Eph 6:5, al.; pl., Mt 9:4, Mk 2:6, al.; opp. to στόμα, χείλεα, πρόσωπον, Mt 15:8, Mk 7:6, Ro 10:8, 9, II Co 5:12; περιτομὴ καρδίας, Ro 2:29; ἐκ κ., Ro 6:17, I Pe 1:22; ἀπὸ τῶν κ., Mt 18:35; ἐν ὅλῃ ( ἐξ ὅλης ), Mt 22:37, Mk 12:30 (LXX); γινώσκειν ( ἐρευνᾶν, δοκιμάζειν ) τὰς κ., Lk 16:15, Ro 8:27, I Th 2:4; to think, etc., ἐν τ. κ., Mt 9:4, Mk 2:6, Lk 12:45, Ro 10:6; συνιέναι ( νοεῖν ) τῇ κ., Mt 13:15, Jo 12:40; ἐπαχύνθη ἡ κ., Mt 13:15 (LXX); πωροῦν τὴν κ., Jo 12:40; κ. εὐθεῖα, Ac 8:21; πονηρά, He 3:12; ἀμετανόητος, Ro 2:5; εἶναι ( ἔχειν ) ἐν τῇ κ., II Co 7:3, Phl 1:7; ὀδύνη τῇ κ., Ro 9:2. Of the central or innermost part of anything (of the pith of wood, Arist.): τ. γῆς, Mt 12:40 (Cremer, 343 ff.).Scroll for more

I/weI, the first-person pronoun.ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

aloneOnly, solitary, desolate.μόνος, -η, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for לְבַד;] adj., alone, solitary, forsaken: c. verb., Mt 14:23, Mk 6:47, Lk 9:36, al.; c. pron., Mt 18:15, Mk 9:2, al.; c. subst., Mk 9:8, Lk 4:8, al.; pleonast., οὐκ... εἰ μὴ μ., Mt 12:4, Lk 6:4, al.; attrib., only, ( ὁ ) μ. θεός, Jo 5:44 17:3, Ro 16:27, I Ti 1:17, Ju 25. As adv., neut., μόνον, alone, only: referring to verb or predic., Mt 9:21, Mk 5:36, Ja 1:22, al. (v. Bl., §44, 2); οὐ ( μὴ ) μ., Ga 4:18, Ja 1:22; οὐ μ.... ἀλλά (Bl., § 77, 13 3 ), Ac 19:26, I Jo 5:6, al.; id. seq. καί (Bl., § 81, 1 2 ), Ro 5:3 9:10, II Co 8:19, al.; κατὰ μόνας, alone (Bl., § 44, 1), Mk 4:10, Lk 9:18.Scroll for more

butBut, except, however.ἀλλά ( ἀλλ’ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Ro 3:31 ); opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ)... ἀ., Mt 5:15, 17 Mk 5:39, Jo 7:16, al.; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ... ἀ., not so much... as, Mk 9:37, Mt 10:20, Jo 12:44, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mt 11:7-9, Ac 19:2, I Co 3:6 6:11 7:7, II Co 7:1, Ga 2:3, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mt 24:6, I Co 10:23; οὐ μόνον... ἀ. καί, Jo 5:18, Ro 1:32, al.; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mk 14:49, Jo 1:8 9:3, al.; = εἰ μή (Bl., §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mt 20:23, Mk 4:22. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc., but: Jo 16:20 12:27, Ga 2:14; before commands or requests, Ac 10:20 26:16, Mt 9:18, Mk 9:22, al.; to introduce an accessory idea, II Co 7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mk 14:29, I Co 9:2, II Co 4:16, Col 2:5, al.; after μέν, Ac 4:17, Ro 14:20, I Co 14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ’ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc., Jo 16:2; so with neg., ἀλλ’ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Lk 23:15. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Lk 24:21, I Co 9:2; ἄ ἤ., save only, except, Lk 12:51, II Co 1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Phl 3:8 (on this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

to dieI am dying, am about to die, wither, decay.ἀπο-θνῄσκω, [in LXX chiefly for מוּת;] to die: of natural death, Mk 5:35, al.; of violent death (pass. of ἀποκτείνω ), esp. of Christ, Mt 26:35, Jo 12:33, He 10:28, al.; of spiritual death, Jo 6:50, Ro 8:13, al.; c. dat. ref., Ro 6:2, 10 14:7, 8, Ga 2:19; acc., ὅ, Ro 6:10; seq. ἐν, Mt 8:32, Jo 8:21, 24, I Co 15:22, He 11:37, Re 14:13; seq. ὑπέρ, περί, Jo 11:50, 51 18:14, Ro 5:6-8 14:15, I Co 15:3, II Co 5:15, I Th 5:10, I Pe 3:18; ἀπό, Col 2:20; ἐκ, Re 8:11; fig., I Co 15:31 (cf. συν-αποθνήσκω, and V. Milligan, NTD, 258 f.; DCG, i, 791 b; Cremer, 286; MM, s.v.; on the perfective force of this verb, M, Pr., 112, 114; and on the distinction bet. pres. and aor., M, Pr., 113 f.).Scroll for more

Jerusalem(Aramaic form), Jerusalem, the capital of Palestine: hence Judaism, and allegorically, Christendom, the Christian Church.Ἱερουσαλήμ, v.s. Ἱεροσόλυμα.Scroll for more

readilyReadily.ἑτοίμως, adv. [in LXX: II Es 7:17 ff., Da LXX TH 3:15 *;] readily: I Pe 4:5; ἑ. ἔχω, to be ready (Deiss., BS, 252; MM, Exp., xiv): c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14.†Scroll for more

to have/beI have, hold, possess.ἔχω, [in LXX for אָצֵל ( ἐχόμενος ), בַּעַל, יֵשׁ, etc., 59 words in all;] (on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions. Trans.; to have, hold, hold fast, etc.; to hold, as, in the hand: Re 5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Re 1:16 10:2, al.; of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mt 3:4 22:12, al.; so freq. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., A, I, 6; Bl., § 74, 2), Mk 11:13, Jo 18:10, Re 9:17, al.; of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ ( κοίτην ἔ. ), to be with child: Mk 13:17, Ro 9:10; to hold fast, keep: Lk 19:20; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Mk 16:8 (cf. Jb 21:6, Is 13:8; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo 14:21, Ro 1:28, I Ti 3:9, II Ti 1:13, Re 6:9, al.; to involve: He 10:35 (LXX), Ja 1:4, I Jo 4:18; = Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: c. acc. et predic. ptcp., Lk 14:18; c. acc., seq. ὡς, Mt 14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mt 21:46; on (Bl., § 70, 2), Mk 11:32. to have, possess; in general, c. acc. rei: Mt 19:22, Mk 10:22, Lk 12:19, Jo 10:16, I Co 11:22, al.; of wealth or poverty, absol., ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή ), Mt 13:12 25:29, II Co 8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, II Co 8:11; of relationship, association, etc.: πατέρα, Jo 8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), I Co 7:2; φίλον, Lk 11:5; βασιλέα, Jo 19:15; ποιμένα, Mt 9:36; c. dupl. acc., Mt 3:9, al.; of parts or members: ὦτα, Mt 19:15; μέλη, Ro 12:4; θεμελίους, c. acc., as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι ), I Th 3:6; ἀγάπην, Jo 13:35; γνῶσιν, I Co 8:1; πεποίθησιν, II Co 3:4; θλίψιν, Jo 16:33, etc. (Thayer, s.v., I, 2, f., g.); of duty, necessity, etc.: ἀνάγκην, I Co 7:37; νόμον, Jo 19:7; ἐπιταγήν, I Co 7:25; ἀγῶνα, Phl 1:30; κρίμα, I Ti 5:12; of complaints and disputes; κατά, c. gen. pers., Mt 5:23, Mk 11:25; id. seq. ὅτι, Re 2:4, 20; c. acc. seq. πρός, Ac 24:19, al.; c. inf., (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mt 18:25, Mk 14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι ), Lk 12:4, Ac 4:14, al; of necessity (Bl., § 69, 4): Lk 12:50, Ac 23:17-19 28:19. Intrans. (Bl., § 53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ., c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14; ἐσχάτως (q.v.), Mk 5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mt 4:24, al.; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jo 4:52; πῶς, Ac 15:36; impers., ἄλλως ἔχει, it is otherwise, I Ti 5:25; οὕτως, Ac 7:1, al.; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are ( To 7:11 ), Ac 24:25. Mid., -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: c. gen., τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, He 6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp., ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mk 1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένῃ ( ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Lk 13:33, Ac 20:15 21:26; ( σαββάτῳ ), Ac 13:44. (Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀντ-, ἀπ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, μετ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-έχω.)Scroll for more

above/forGen: in behalf of; acc: above.ὑπέρ (when following subst.—poët.— ὕπερ; so as adv., II Co 11:23 ), prep. c. gen., acc. C. gen., primarily of place (rest or motion), over, above, across, beyond, hence, metaph., for, on behalf of: of prayer, Mt 5:44, Ac 8:24, Ro 10:1, Ja 5:16, al.; of laying down life, Jo 10:11, Ro 9:3, al.; esp. of Christ giving his life for man's redemption, Mk 14:24, Jo 10:15, Ac 21:13, Ro 5:6-8, al.; opp. to κατά, Mk 9:40, Lk 9:50, Ro 8:31. Causal, for, because of, for the sake of: c. gen. pers., Ac 5:41, Ro 1:5, Phl 1:29, II Co 12:10, al.; c. gen. rei, Jo 11:4, Ro 15:8, II Co 1:6, al. = ἀντί (v. M, Pr., 105), for, instead of, in the name of: I Co 15:29, II Co 5:15, 21 Ga 3:13, Col 1:7, Phm 13 (cf. Field, Notes, 225). In more colourless sense, = περί (M, Pr., l.c.), for, concerning, with regard to: Ro 9:27, II Co 1:6 8:23 12:8, Phl 1:7, II Th 2:1, al. C. acc., primarily of place, over, beyond, across, hence, metaph., of measure or degree in excess, above, beyond, over, more than: Mt 10:24, 37 Lk 6:40, Ac 26:13, I Co 10:13, II Co 1:8, Eph 1:22 3:20, Phm 16, al.; after comparatives = than ( Jg 11:25, al.), Lk 16:8, He 4:12. As adv. (v. supr. ad init.), more: ὕπερ ἐγώ, I more, II Co 11:23; in compounds, v.s. ὑπεράνω, ὑπερλίαν, ὑπερπερισσῶς. In composition: over ( ὑπεραίρω ), beyond ( ὑπερβάλλω ), more ( ὐπερνικάω ), on behalf of ( ὐπερεντυγχάνω ).Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

JesusJesus; the Greek form of Joshua; Jesus, son of Eliezer; Jesus, surnamed Justus.Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dat., voc. -οῦ, acc., -οῦν (Heb. יְהוֹשׁוּעַ, יְהֹשֻׁעַ, יֵשׁוּעַ ), JESUS: Mt 1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, Mt 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, Mt 1:1, Mk 1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Ro 2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Ac 28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mk 1:24, al. Joshua: Ac 7:45, He 4:8. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Lk 3:29. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col 4:11. v.s. βαραββᾶς.Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 43:11

← Back to Genesis 43:14

← Back to Ruth 1:18

← Back to Matthew 6:10

← Back to Acts 18:21

← Back to Romans 1:10

← Back to 1 Peter 3:17

Acts 21:14

14And when he would not be persuaded we ceased saying The will of the Lord be done

Related verses (8)

not

when … would … be persuaded

And

we ceased

saying

of the

Lord

The

will

be done

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

μὴmay

πειθομένουpay-thoh-MEH-noo

δὲdeh

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ἡσυχάσαμενhay-soo-CHAH-sah-men

εἰπόντεςay-POHN-tes

Τοῦtoo

κυρίουkoo-REE-oo

τὸtoh

θέλημαTHEH-lay-mah

γινέσθωgee-NEH-sthoh

The Pieces

μὴGreek negative particle

πειθομένουGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ἡσυχάσαμενGreek verb

εἰπόντεςGreek verb

ΤοῦGreek article

κυρίουGreek noun, masculine

τὸGreek article

θέλημαGreek noun, neuter

γινέσθωGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to persuadeI persuade, urge.πείθω, [in LXX chiefly for בּטח, its parts and derivatives;] Active; trans., to apply persuasion ("conative" in pres.; v. M, Pr., 147), to prevail upon or win over, persuade: absol., Mt 28:14, Ac 19:26; seq. περί, c. gen. rei, Ac 19:8; c. acc. pers., Ac 12:20 14:19 18:4, II Co 5:11, Ga 1:10; τ. καρδίας ἡμῶν, I Jn 3:19; c. acc. seq. περί, Ac 28:23; c. acc. et inf., Ac 13:43 26:28 (v. Field, Notes, 141 ff.); c. acc. seq. ἵνα (Plut.), Mt 27:20. Intrans., 2 pf. πέποιθα with pres. sense (v. M, Pr., 147, 154; Bl., § 59, 2): to trust, be confident, have confidence: c. acc. et inf., Ro 2:19; c. acc. ref. (v. Ellic., in l.): Phl 1:6, 25; c. dat., Phl 1:14, Phm 21; ἑαυτῷ, c. inf., II Co 10:7; seq. ἐν, Phl 3:3, 4; ἐν κυρίῳ ὅτι, Phl 2:24; ἐπί, c. dat., Mt 27:43 (WH, mg.), Mk 10:24 (T, WH, R, mg., om.), Lk 11:22 18:9, II Co 1:9, He 2:13; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 27:43 (c. dat., WH, mg.); id. seq. ὅτι, II Co 2:3, II Th 3:4 (v. Lft., Notes, 127); εἰς, c. acc. pers. seq. ὅτι, Ga 5:10. Pass. and mid.; to be persuaded, believe (v. M, Pr., 158): absol., Lk 16:31, Ac 17:4 21:14, He 13:18; c. dat., Ac 28:24; c. acc. et inf., Ac 26:26; so also pf., πέπεισμαι, πεπεισμένος εἰμί: c. acc. ref. seq. περί, He 6:9; c. acc. et inf., Lk 20:6; ὅτι, Ro 8:38, II Ti 1:5, 12; id. c. ἐν κυρίῳ, Ro 14:14; περί, c. gen. seq. ὅτι, Ro 15:14. to listen to, obey: c. dat. pers., Ac 5:36, 37, 40 23:21 27:11, Ro 2:8, Ga 5:7, He 13:17, Ja 3:3 (cf. ἀνα-πείθω ).†Scroll for more

be quiet/give upI rest from work, cease from altercation, am silent, live quietly.ἡσυχάζω [in LXX chiefly for שׁקט;] to be still; to rest from labour: Lk 23:56; to live quietly: I Th 4:11; to be silent: Lk 14:3, Ac 11:18 21:14 (cf. Jb 32:7, Ne 5:8 ).† SYN.: σιγάω (q.v.), σιωπάω.Scroll for more

will/desireAn act of will, will; plur: wishes, desires.† θέλημα, -τος, τό (< θέλω ), [in LXX chiefly for חָפֶץ, also for רָצוֹן, etc.;] will, objectively = that which is willed: Mt 18:14, Lk 12:47, Jo 5:30, I Co 7:37, I Th 5:18, II Ti 2:26, He 10:10, Re 4:11; θ. τ. θεοῦ, Ac 22:14, Ro 2:18 12:2, Eph 1:9, Col 1:9 4:12, I Pe 4:2; τ. κυρίου, Eph 5:17; pl., of precepts, Mk 3:35, WH, mg., Ac 13:22 (LXX); ἐστιν τὸ θ., c. gen. pers., seq. ἵνα, Jo 6:39, 40, I Co 16:12; c. inf., I Pe 2:15; c. acc. et inf., I Th 4:3; subjectively = τὸ θέλειν (cf. θέλησις ): Lk 23:25, Jo 1:13, I Pe 3:17, II Pe 1:21; ποιεῖν, Mt 7:21 12:50 21:31, Mk 3:35 (pl., WH, mg., v. supr.), Jo 4:34 6:38 7:17 9:31, Eph 6:6, He 10:7, 9, 36 13:21, I Jn 2:17; γίνεσθαι, Mt 6:10 26:42, Lk 22:42, Ac 21:14; ἡ εὐδοκία ( βουλὴ ) τοῦ θ., Eph 1:5, 11; ἐν τῷ θ. τοῦ θεοῦ, Ro 1:10; διὰ θ. θεοῦ, Ro 15:32, I Co 1:1, II Co 1:1 8:5, Eph 1:1, Col 1:1, II Ti 1:1; κατὰ τὸ θ. τ. θεοῦ, Ga 1:4, I Pe 4:19, I Jn 5:14; pl., Eph 2:3 (Cremer, 728).†Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

← Back to Acts 25:1

Acts 21:15

15And after these days we took up our baggage and went up to Jerusalem

Related verses (2)

Acts 18:22 | Acts 25:1, 6, 9

after

And

The ASV does not translate this word.

days

these

we took up our baggage

and went up

Jerusalem

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Μετὰmeh-TAH

δὲdeh

τὰςtahs

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

ταύταςTOW-tahs

ἐπισκευασάμενοιeh-pee-skyoo-ah-SAH-meh-noy

ἀνεβαίνομενah-neh-BAI-noh-men

εἰςays

Ἱεροσόλυμαhee-eh-roh-SOH-loo-mah

The Pieces

ΜετὰGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

τὰςGreek article

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

ταύταςGreek particle

ἐπισκευασάμενοιGreek verb

ἀνεβαίνομενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἱεροσόλυμαname of a place

What It Can Mean

with/after(a) gen: with, in company with, (b) acc: (1) behind, beyond, after, of place, (2) after, of time, with nouns, neut. of adjectives.μετά (before vowel μετ’; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b ), prep. c. gen., acc. (in poet, also c. dat.), [in LXX for אֵת, עִם, אַחַד, etc.;]. C. gen., among, amid: Mk 1:13, Lk 22:37 (LXX, ἐν ) 24:5, Jo 18:5, al.; διωγμῶν, Mk 10:30. Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more freq. in NT; cf. Bl., § 42, 3): c. gen. pers., Mt 8:11 20:20, Mk 1:29 3:7, Lk 5:30, Jo 3:22, Ga 2:1, al. mult.; εἶναι μετά, Mt 5:25, Mk 3:14, al.; metaph., of divine help and guidance, Jo 3:2, Ac 7:9, Phl 4:9, al.; opp. to εἶναι κατά, Mt 12:30, Lk 11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but v. M, Pr., 106, 246 f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π., c. dat., to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם probably misspelled לְהִלָּחֵם, I Ki 17:33 ), Re 2:16, al.; c. gen. rei, χαρᾶς, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16, al.; ὀργῆς, Mk 3:5, al. C. acc., of place, behind, after: He 9:3. Of time, after: Mt 17:1, Mk 14:1, Lk 1:24, Ac 1:5, Ga 1:18, al.; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jo 2:12, al.; ταῦτα, Mk 16:[12], Lk 5:27, Jo 3:22, al; c. inf. artic. (Bl., § 71, 5; 72, 3), Mt 26:32, Mk 1:14, al. In composition, of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc. Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc. after: μεταμέλομαι.Scroll for more

hence

to pack upI prepare for a journey, depart.ἀπο-σκευάζω, [in LXX: Le 14:36 ( פּנה pi.)*;] to pack and carry off; mid., to pack and remove one's goods: Ac 21:15, Rec. (v. ἐπισ- ).†Scroll for more

← Back to Psalms 37:25

← Back to Psalms 119:121

← Back to Acts 4:36

← Back to Acts 11:19

← Back to Acts 21:3

Acts 21:16

16And there went with us also certain of the disciples from Caesarea bringing with them one Mnason of Cyprus an early disciple with whom we should lodge

Related verses (11)

there went

And

also

of the

certain … disciples

from

Caesarea

with

bringing with them

with

whom

we should lodge

Mnason

one

of Cyprus

early

an … disciple

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

συνῆλθονsoo-NAYL-thohn

δὲdeh

καὶkai

τῶνtohn

μαθητῶνmah-thay-TOHN

ἀπὸah-POH

Καισαρείαςkai-sah-RAY-ahs

σὺνsoon

ἡμῖνhay-MEEN

ἄγοντεςAH-gohn-tes

παρpahr

ᾧhoh

ξενισθῶμενkseh-nee-STHOH-men

ΜνάσωνίMNAH-soh-nee

τινιtee-nee

Κυπρίῳkoo-PREE-oh

ἀρχαίῳahr-CHAI-oh

μαθητῇmah-thay-TAY

The Pieces

συνῆλθονGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

καὶGreek conjunction

τῶνGreek article

μαθητῶνGreek noun, masculine

ἀπὸGreek preposition

Καισαρείαςname of a place

σὺνGreek preposition

ἡμῖνGreek pronoun

ἄγοντεςGreek verb

παρGreek preposition

ᾧGreek relative pronoun

ξενισθῶμενGreek verb

Μνάσωνίname of a person

τινιGreek indefinite pronoun

Κυπρίῳname of a people of a place

ἀρχαίῳGreek adjective

μαθητῇGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to assembleI come or go with, accompany; I come together, assemble.συν-έρχομαι [in LXX for הלךְ, בּוֹא, אסף ni., etc.;] (cl.) to come together, assemble: Mk 3:20 14:53, T, WH, txt., Ac 1:6 2:6 10:27 16:13 19:32 21:22 22:30 28:17, I Co 14:26; seq. εἰς, c. acc loc., Ac 5:16; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, I Co 11:20 14:23; c. dat. pers., Mk 14:53, WH, mg., R ( πρὸς αὐτόν, v. Field, Notes, 40), Jo 11:33; ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ, I Co 11:18; ἐνθάδε, Ac 25:17; αὐτοῦ, Mk 6:33, WH, mg. (cf. WH, Intr., 95 ff.); ὅπου, Jo 18:20; c. inf., Lk 5:15; εἰς τ. φαγεῖν, I Co 11:33; εἰς τ. ἧσσον, I Co 11:17, 34; of sexual intercourse (Xen., al.; γυναικί or absol.), Mt 1:18. In later sense (v. exx. in Milligan, Selections, 64, 105), to accompany: c. dat. pers., Lk 23:55, Ac 1:21 9:39 10:23, 45 11:12; seq. σύν, Ac 21:16; εἰς, Ac 15:38.†Scroll for more

to usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to bringI lead, lead away, bring (a person, or animal), guide, spend a day, go.ἄγω, [in LXX for בּוא hi., לקח, נהג, etc.;] to lead, bring, carry: c. acc., seq. ἐπί, εἰς, ἕως, πρός and simple dat.; metaph., to lead, guide, impel: Jo 10:16 Ro 2:4, He 2:10, II Ti 3:6, al. to spend or keep a day: Lk 24:21, Ac 19:38 Intrans., to go: subjunc., ἄγωμεν, Mt 2:46, al. (Cramer, 61; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

to host(a) I entertain a stranger, (b) I startle, bewilder.** ξενίζω (< ξένος ), [in LXX: Es 3:13, Si 29:25, II Mac 9:6, III Mac 7:3 *;] to receive as a guest, entertain: c. acc. pers., Ac 10:23 28:7, He 13:2; pass., Ac 10:6, 18, 32 21:16. In late writers (Polyb., al.; II Mac 9:6 ), to surprise, astonish by strangeness: Ac 17:20; pass., I Pe 4:4, 12.†Scroll for more

MnasonMnason, an early Christian, native of Cyprus, resident at a place between Caesarea and Jerusalem.Μνάσων, -ωνος, ὁ, Mnason: Ac 21:16.†Scroll for more

CyprusA Cypriote, belonging to Cyprus.Κύπριος, -α, -ον, of Cyprus, Cyprian: Ac 4:36 11:20 21:16.†Scroll for more

ancientOriginal, primitive, ancient.ἀρχαῖος, -αία, -αῖον (< ἀρχή ), [in LXX chiefly for קֶדֶם;] original, ancient: Mt 5:21, 33, Lk 9:8, 19, Ac 15:7, 21 21:16, II Co 5:17, II Pe 2:5, Re 12:9 20:2.† SYN.: παλαιός, old, without the reference to beginning and origin contained in ἀ. The distinction is observed in π. (MM, s.v.). ἀ. is the antithesis to καινός: παλ. to νέος (v. Westc., He., 223; Cremer, 116).Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 15:4

← Back to Acts 18:22

← Back to Romans 9:24

← Back to Romans 15:31

Acts 21:17

17And when we were come to Jerusalem the brethren received us gladly

Word By Word, In Greek Order1when … were come | 2And | 3we | 4to | 5Jerusalem | 6gladly | 7received | 8us | 9the | 10brethren

Related verses (4)

Acts 15:4 | Romans 15:7 | Hebrews 13:1-2 | 3 John 1:7-8

when … were come

And

Jerusalem

gladly

received

the

brethren

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Γενομένωνgeh-noh-MEH-nohn

δὲdeh

ἡμῶνhay-MOHN

εἰςays

Ἱεροσόλυμαhee-eh-roh-SOH-loo-mah

ἀσμένωςah-SMEH-nohs

ἀπεδέξαντοah-peh-DEH-ksahn-toh

ἡμᾶςhay-MAHS

οἱhoy

ἀδελφοίah-del-FOY

The Pieces

ΓενομένωνGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ἡμῶνGreek pronoun

εἰςGreek preposition

Ἱεροσόλυμαname of a place

ἀσμένωςGreek adverb

ἀπεδέξαντοGreek verb

ἡμᾶςGreek pronoun

οἱGreek article

ἀδελφοίGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

of usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

gladlyJoyfully, with delight, gladly.** ἀσμένως, adv. (< ἥδομαι, to be glad ), [in LXX: II Mac 4:12 10:33, III Mac 3:15 5:21 *;] gladly: Ac 21:17.†Scroll for more

to receiveI receive, welcome, entertain (with hospitality), embrace.** ἀπο-δέχομαι [in LXX: To 7:17, Jth 13:13; Jdt.13.1, I-IV Mac 10 *;] to accept gladly, welcome, receive: Lk 8:40 9:11, Ac 18:27 21:17 28:30; metaph., c. acc. rei, Ac 2:41 24:3 (MM, s.v.; Cremer, 688).†Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 10:3

← Back to Galatians 2:12

← Back to James 1:1

← Back to 1 Peter 5:1

Acts 21:18

18And the day following Paul went in with us unto James and all the elders were present

Related verses (7)

the day

And

following

went in

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

with

unto

James

all

and

were present

the

elders

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

τῇtay

δὲdeh

ἐπιούσῃeh-pee-OO-say

εἰσῄειay-SAY-ay

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

σὺνsoon

ἡμῖνhay-MEEN

πρὸςprohs

Ἰάκωβονee-AH-koh-bohn

πάντεςPAHN-tes

τεteh

παρεγένοντοpah-reh-GEH-nohn-toh

οἱhoy

πρεσβύτεροιpreh-SBOO-teh-roy

The Pieces

τῇGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐπιούσῃGreek verb

εἰσῄειGreek verb

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

σὺνGreek preposition

ἡμῖνGreek pronoun

πρὸςGreek preposition

Ἰάκωβονname of a person

πάντεςGreek adjective

τεGreek conjunction

παρεγένοντοGreek verb

οἱGreek article

πρεσβύτεροιGreek noun

What It Can Mean

to come laterThe next day.ἔπ-ειμι [in LXX: Ex 8:22(18) ( עָמַד ), Si 42:19, etc.;] to come upon, approach Of time, to come on or after; mostly as ptcp., ἐπιών, -οῦσα, όν, next, following: τῇ- ἔ. (sc. ἡμέρᾳ, as freq. in late Gk.), Ac 16:11 20:15 21:18; ἡμέρᾳ (as usual in cl.), Ac 7:26; νυκτί, Ac 23:11.†Scroll for more

to enterI go in, enter (originally: I shall go in).εἴσ-ειμι [in LXX for בּוֹא;] to go in, enter: seq. εἰς, Ac 3:3 21:26, He 9:6; πρὸς Ἰάκωβον, Ac 21:18.†Scroll for more

JamesJames, (a) the Small, son of Alphaeus, and one of the Twelve, (b) half-brother of Jesus, (c) father (?) of Jude, (d) son of Zebedee, and brother of John, one of the Twelve, killed A.D. 44.Ἰάκωβος, -ου, ὁ (Heb., v. previous word), James; Son of Zebedee: Mt 4:21, Mk 1:19, 29, Ac 1:13 12:2, al. Son of Alphæus: Mt 10:3, Mk 2:14, al.; commonly identified with Ἰ. ὁ μικρός, James the little, son of Mary (v.s. Μαρία, 3; Κλωπᾶς ), Mt 27:56, Mk 15:40 16:1 (cf. Jo 19:25 ). The Lord's brother (v.s. ἀδελφός ): Mt 13:55, Mk 6:3, Ac 12:17, al., I Co 15:7 (probably), Ga 1:19 2:9, 12, Ja 1:1, Ju 1. The father of the apostle, Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου: Lk 6:16, Ac 1:13.Scroll for more

to come(a) I come on the scene, appear, come, (b) with words expressing destination: I present myself at, arrive at, reach.παρα-γίνομαι (Ion. and late for -γίγν- ), [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to be beside or at hand (Hom., Hdt., al.), hence, to stand by, support (Æsch., Thuc., al.): c. dat. pers., II Ti 4:16. to come, come up, arrive (Hdt., Xen., al., and freq. in later writers; v. MM, xviii; Thackeray, Gr., 267 2 ): absol., Lk 14:21 19:16, Jo 3:23, Ac 5:21, 22, 25 9:39 10:32, 33 11:23 14:27 17:10 18:27 21:18 23:16, 35 24:17, 24 25:7 28:21, I Co 16:3; seq. εἰς, Jo 8:2, Ac 9:26 15:4; ἐπί, c. acc., Lk 22:52; πρός, c. acc., Lk 7:4, 20 8:19, Ac 20:18; id. seq. ἐκ, Lk 11:6; παρά, c. gen., Mk 14:43; ἀπὸ... εἰς, Mt 2:1, Ac 13:14; ἀπὸ... ἐπὶ... πρός, Mt 3:13; of a teacher coming forward in public: Mt 3:1, Lk 12:51, He 9:11.†Scroll for more

elder: ElderElder, usually used as subst.; an elder, a member of the Sanhedrin, an elder of a Christian assembly.πρέσβυς, -εως, ὁ, poët. form of πρεσβύτης (q.v.), [in LXX (= πρεσβευτής, an ambassador ): Nu 21:20 ( 21 ), al. ( מַלְאָךְ ), Is 13:8 57:9 ( צִיר ), I Mac 9:70, al.;] an old man. Compar., πρεσβύτερος, -α, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for זָקֵן;] of age, elder: ὁ νἱὸς ὁ π., Lk 15:25; as subst., opp. to νεανίσκοι, Ac 2:17; to νεώτερος, I Ti 5:1, 2; of the religious leaders of the past, Mt 15:2, Mk 7:3, 5, He 11:2 (= οἱ πατέρες, He 1:1 ). Of dignity, rank or office (as found in π. and Inscr. of civil and religious offices, including priesthood, in Asia Minor and in Egypt; v. Deiss., BS, 154 ff., 233 ff.; LAE, 373); among Jews: Mt 16:21 26:47, 57 27:3, 12, 20, 41 28:12, Mk 8:31 11:27 14:43, 53 15:1, Lk 7:3 9:22 20:1 22:52, Jo 8:[9], Ac 4:5, 8, 23 6:12 23:14 24:1; τ. Ἰουνδαίων, Ac 25:15; τ. λαοῦ, Mt 21:23 26:3 27:1; among Christians: Ac 11:30 14:23 15:2, 4, 6, 22, 23 16:4 21:18, I Ti 5:17, 19, Tit 1:5, II Jn 1, III Jn 1, I Pe 5:1, 5; τ. ἐκκλησίας, Ac 20:17, Ja 5:14; in the visions of the Apocalypse: Re 4:4, 10 5:5, 6, 8, 11, 14 7:11, 13 11:16 14:3 19:4. (On the NT use of this word and its relation to ἐπίσκοπος (q.v.), cf. Lft., Phl., 93 ff., 189 ff.; CGT, Past. Epp., lvi ff.) †Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 18:1

← Back to 1 Samuel 14:45

← Back to Romans 1:13

← Back to Romans 15:18

← Back to 1 Corinthians 3:6

← Back to 2 Corinthians 9:13

← Back to Galatians 1:24

← Back to Galatians 2:8

Acts 21:19

19And when he had saluted them he rehearsed one by one the things which God had wrought among the Gentiles through his ministry

Word By Word, In Greek Order1And | 2when he had saluted | 3them | 4he rehearsed | 5by | 6one | 7one | 8the things which | 9had wrought | 10— | 11God | 12among | 13the | 14Gentiles | 15through | 16— | 17ministry | 18his

Related verses (11)

And

when he had saluted

them

he rehearsed

one

the things which

had wrought

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

among

the

Gentiles

through

The ASV does not translate this word.

ministry

his

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

καὶkai

ἀσπασάμενοςah-spah-SAH-meh-nohs

αὐτοὺςow-TOOS

ἐξηγεῖτοeh-ksay-GAY-toh

καθkahth

ἓνhen

ἕκαστονHEH-kah-stohn

ὧνhohn

ἐποίησενeh-POY-ay-sen

ὁhoh

θεὸςtheh-OHS

ἐνen

τοῖςtoys

ἔθνεσινEH-thneh-seen

διὰdee-AH

τῆςtays

διακονίαςdee-ah-koh-NEE-ahs

αὐτοῦow-TOO

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀσπασάμενοςGreek verb

αὐτοὺςGreek reflexive pronoun

ἐξηγεῖτοGreek verb

καθGreek preposition

ἓνGreek adjective

ἕκαστονGreek adjective

ὧνGreek relative pronoun

ἐποίησενGreek verb

ὁGreek article

θεὸς

ἐνGreek preposition

τοῖςGreek article

ἔθνεσινGreek noun, neuter

διὰGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

διακονίαςGreek noun, feminine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

to tellI lead, show the way; met: I unfold, narrate, declare.ἐξ-ηγέομαι, -οῦμαι [in LXX chiefly for סָפַר pi.;] to lead, show the way; metaph., to unfold, narrate, declare: c. acc rei, Lk 24:35 Ac 21:19; c. dat. pers., Ac 10:8; θεόν (understood), Jo 1:18; seq. ὅσα, Ac 15:12; καθώς, Ac 15:14.†Scroll for more

according toGen: against, down from, throughout, by; acc: over against, among, daily, day-by-day, each day, according to, by way of.κατά (bef. a vowel κατ’, καθ’; on the freq. neglect of elision, v. Tdf., Pr., 95; WH, App., 146 a ), prep. c. gen., acc., down, downwards. C. gen. (WM, § 47, k; Bl., § 42, 2). C. gen. rei, in local sense; down, down from: Mt 8:32, Mk 5:13, Lk 8:33, I Co 11:4; throughout (late usage; Bl., § 42, 2): κ. ὅλης κ.τ.λ., Lk 4:14 23:5, Ac 9:31 10:37; in a peculiar adjectival phrase: ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία, deep or extreme poverty, II Co 8:2. C. gen. pers., usually in hostile sense; against (in cl. only after verbs of speaking, witnessing, etc.): opp. to ὑπέρ, Mk 9:40; μετά, Mt 12:30; after ἐπιθυμεῖν, Ga 5:17; λαλεῖν, Ac 6:13; διδάσκειν, Ac 21:28; ψεύδεσθαι, Ja 3:14; after verbs of accusing, etc., Mt 5:23, Lk 23:14, Ro 8:33, al.; verbs of fighting, prevailing, etc., Mt 10:35, Ac 14:2, I Co 4:6, al.; of swearing, by: ὄμνυμι κ. (Bl., § 34, 1), He 6:13, 16, cf. Mt 26:63. C. acc. (WM, § 49 d; Bl., § 42, 2). Of motion or direction; through, throughout: Lk 8:39 9:6 10:4, Ac 8:1, 36, al.; to, towards, over against: Lk 10:32 (Field, Notes, 62), Ac 2:10 16:7, Ga 2:11, Phl 3:14, al.; in adverbial phrases, at, in, by, of: κατ’ οἶκον, at home, Ac 2:46; κατ’ ἰδίαν (v.s. ἴδιος ); καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ro 14:22, Ja 2:17; c. pron. pers., Ac 17:28 18:15, Ro 1:15, Eph 1:15, al. Of time, at, during, about: Ac 8:26 12:1 19:23, Ro 9:9, He 1:10, al. Distributive; of place: κ. τόποὐς, Mt 24:7, al.; κ. πόλιν, Lk 8:1, 4, al.; κ. ἐκκλησίαν, Ac 14:23; of time: κ. ἔτος, Lk 2:41; ἑορτήν, Mt 27:15, al.; of numbers, etc.: καθ’ ἕνα πάντες, I Co 14:31 (on καθ’ εἷς, v.s. εἷς ); κ. ἑκατόν, Mk 6:40; κ. μέρος, He 9:5; κ. ὄνομα, Jo 10:3. Of fitness, reference, conformity, etc.; in relation to, concerning: Ro 1:3, 4 7:22 9:3, 5, I Co 1:26 10:18, Phl 1:12; κ. πάντα, Ac 17:22, Col 3:20, 22, He 2:17 4:15; according to, after, like: Mk 7:5, Lk 2:27, 29, Jo 7:24, Ro 8:4 14:15, Eph 2:2, Col 2:8, Ja 2:8, al. In composition, κ. denotes, down, down from ( καταβαίνω, etc.), hence, metaph.; victory or rule over ( καταδουλόω, -κυριεύω, etc.); "perfective" action (M, Pr., 111 ff.). under ( κατακαλύπτω, etc.). in succession ( καθεξῆς ). after, behind ( καταλείπω ). Hostility, against ( καταλαλέω ).Scroll for more

oneOne.εἷς, μιά, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός, cardinal numeral, one; one, as opp. to many: Mt 25:15, Ro 5:12, I Co 10:8, al.; as subst., Ro 5:15, Eph 2:14; id. c. gen. partit., Mt 5:19, al.; seq. ἐκ ( ἐξ ), Mk 14:18, Jo 6:8, al.; metaph., of union and concord, Jo 10:30 17:11, Ro 12:4, 5, Phl 1:27; ἀπὸ μιᾶς (B1., § 44, 1), Lk 14:18; c. neg., εἷς... οὐ ( μή ), more emphatic than οὐδείς, no one, none (cl.), Mt 5:18 10:29, Lk 11:46 12:6. Emphatically, to the exclusion of others; a single (one): Mt 21:24, Mk 8:14; absol., I Co 9:24, al.; οὐδὲ εἷς, Mt 27:14, Jo 1:3, Ro 3:10, al.; one, alone: Mk 2:7 10:18, Lk 18:19; one and the same: Ro 3:30, I Co 3:8 11:5 12:11, I Jn 5:8. In late Gk., with weakened force, = τις or indef. art. (of. Heb. אֶחָד, Ge 22:13, al.; v. B1., § 45, 2; M, Pr., 96 f.): Mt 8:19 19:6, Re 8:13, al.; εἷς τις (Bl., l.c.), Lk 22:50, Jo 11:49 Distributively: εἷς καστος (cl.), Lk 4:40, Ac 2:6, al.; εἷς... καὶ εἷς (cl., εἷς μὲν... εἷς δέ ), Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 20:12, al. (cf. LXX and use of Heb. אֶחָד, Ex 17:12, al); ὁ εἷς... ὁ ἕτερος ( ἄλλος ) = cl. ὁ μὲν ( ἕτερος )... ὁ δέ ( ἕτερος ), Mt 6:24, Lk 7:41, Re 17:10; καθ’ εἷς, εἷς κ. είς (in which καθ’ is adverbial, or the expression formed from the analogy of ἕν καθ’ ἔν; M, Pr., 105), one by one, severally: Mk 14:19, Ro 12:5, al.; εἷς τὸν ἕνα = ἀλλήλους (B1., 45, 2; M, Pr., 246), I Th 5:11. As ordinal = πρῶτος (like Heb. אֶחָד; Bl., § 45, 1; M, Pr., 95 f.), first: Mt 28:1, Mk 16:2, al.Scroll for more

eachEach (of more than two), every one.* ἕκαστος, -η, ὂν, [in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ;] each, every (Lat. quisque ); with a noun: Lk 6:44, Jo 19:23, seq. κατά, He 3:13, Re 22:2; εἷς ἕ., Eph 4:16; without a noun: Ac 4:35, Ro 2:6, al.; partit. gen., Ro 14:12, I Co 1:12, al.; in sing, with pl. verb, Lk 2:3, Ac 11:29, al.; in apposition with pl. noun or pron., Lk 2:3, Jo 16:32, Ac 2:8 3:26, al.; εἷς ἕ. (Lat. unusquisque ), Ac 2:6 21:26, Col 4:6, al; ἕ. τι ἀδελφῷ (= Heb. אִישׁ לְאָחִיו, Ge 26:31 ), Mt 18:35 (cf. He 8:11 ); ἕ. μετὰ τοῦ πλησίον (= אִישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵהוּ, Jg 6:29, al.), Eph 4:25.Scroll for more

God(a) God, (b) a god, generally.θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ ( Ac 19:37 only; v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc., θεέ ( Mt 27:46; cf. De 3:24, al.), [in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc.;] a god or deity, God. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Ac 28:6, I Co 8:4, II Th 2:4, al.; pl., Ac. 14:11 19:26, Ga 4:8, al. Of the one true God; anarthrous: Mt 6:24, Lk 20:38, al.; esp. c. prep. (Kühner 3, iii, 605), ἀπὸ θ., Jo 3:2; ἐκ, Ac 5:39, II Co 5:1, Phl 3:9; ὑπό, Ro 13:1; παρὰ θεοῦ, Jo 1:6; παρὰ θεῷ, II Th 1:6, I Pe 2:4; κατὰ θεόν, Ro 8:27, II Co 7:9, 10; also when in gen. dependent on an anarth. noun (Bl., §46, 6), Mt 27:43, Lk 3:2, Ro 1:17, I Th 2:13; as pred., Lk 20:38, Jo 1:1, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, Ac 5:29, Ga 2:6, al. (M, Th., 14); more freq., c. art.: Mt 1:23, Mk 2:7, al. mult.; c. prep., ἀπὸ τ. θ., Lk 1:26; ἐκ, Jo 8:42, al.; παρὰ τοῦ θ., Jo 8:40; π. τῷ θ., Ro 9:14; ἐν, Col 3:3; ἐπὶ τῷ θ., Lk 1:47; ἐπὶ τὸν θ., Ac 15:19; εἰς τ. θ., Ac 24:15; πρὸς τ. θ., Jo 1:2; c. gen. pers., Mt 22:32, Mk 12:26, 27, Lk 20:37, Jo 20:17, al.; ὁ θ. μου, Ro 1:8, Phi 1:3, al.; ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ κ. τ. λ., Ro 15:6, Eph 1:3, Phi 4:20, al.; c. gen. rei, Ro 15:5, 13, 33, II Co 1:3, I Th 5:23; τὰ τ. θεοῦ, Mt 16:23, Mk 12:17, I Co 2:11; τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ., Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; τ. θεῷ, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 3:3 ), Ac 7:20, II Co 10:4; Hebraistically, of judges ( Ps 81(82):6 ), Jo 10:34 (LXX), 35.Scroll for more

serviceWaiting at table; in a wider sense: service, ministration.διακονία, -ας, ἡ (< διάκονος ), [in LXX for נַעַר, שָׁרַת pi.: Es 6:3, 5 A; I Mac 11:58 *;] the office and work of a διάκονος, service, ministry; of domestic duties (Field, Notes, 63): Lk 10:40 spec. of religious ministration, and the exercise of ministerial functions in the Church: Ac 1:17, 25 6:1, 4 11:29 12:25 20:24; 21:19, Ro 11:13 12:7 15:31, I Co 16:15, II Co 4:1 6:3 8:4 9:1, 13, Eph 4:12, Col 4:17, I Ti 1:12, II Ti 4:5, 11, He 1:14, Re 2:19; δ. τ. θανάτου, II Co 3:7; τ. πνεύματος, ib. 8; τ. κατακρίσεως, τ, δικαιοσύνης, ib. 9; τ. καταλλαγῆς, ib. 5:18; τ. λειτουργίας, ib. 9:12; c. obj. gen., τὴν ὑμῶν δ., ib. 11:8; pl., I Co 12:5.†Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 33:9

← Back to Psalms 85:12

← Back to Psalms 110:3

← Back to Isaiah 66:8

← Back to Ezekiel 47:9

← Back to Matthew 13:32

← Back to Romans 10:2

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:4

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:20

← Back to Philippians 3:6

Acts 21:20

20And they when they heard it glorified God and they said unto him Thou seest brother how many thousands there are among the Jews of them that have believed and they are all zealous for the law

Related verses (22)

they

And

when they heard it

glorified

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

they said

and

unto him

Thou seest

brother

how many

thousands

there are

among

the

Jews

of them

that have believed

and

they … all

zealous

for the

law

are

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

οἱhoy

δὲdeh

ἀκούσαντεςah-KOO-sahn-tes

ἐδόξαζονeh-DOH-ksah-zohn

τὸνtohn

θεόνtheh-OHN

εἶπόνAY-pohn

τεteh

αὐτῷow-TOH

Θεωρεῖςtheh-oh-RAYS

ἀδελφέah-del-FEH

πόσαιPOH-sai

μυριάδεςmoo-ree-AH-des

εἰσὶνay-SEEN

ἐνen

τοῖςtoys

Ἰουδαίοιςee-oo-DAI-oys

τῶνtohn

πεπιστευκότωνpeh-pee-styoo-KOH-tohn

καὶkai

πάντεςPAHN-tes

ζηλωταὶzay-loh-TAI

τοῦtoo

νόμουNOH-moo

ὑπάρχουσινhoo-PAHR-choo-seen

The Pieces

οἱGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

ἀκούσαντεςGreek verb

ἐδόξαζονGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

θεόν

εἶπόνGreek verb

τεGreek conjunction

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

ΘεωρεῖςGreek verb

ἀδελφέGreek noun, masculine

πόσαιGreek correlative pronoun

μυριάδεςGreek noun, feminine

εἰσὶνGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τοῖςGreek article

Ἰουδαίοιςname of a people descended from a person

τῶνGreek article

πεπιστευκότωνGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

πάντεςGreek adjective

ζηλωταὶname of a title or other name

τοῦGreek article

νόμουGreek noun, masculine

ὑπάρχουσινGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to glorifyI glorify, honor, bestow glory on.δοξάζω (< δόξα ), [in LXX chiefly for כּבד ni., pi., also for פּאר, etc.;] to think, suppose, hold an opinion (Æsch., Plat., al.). To bestow δόξα (q.v.) on, to magnify, extol, praise (Thuc., iii, 45; Plut., al.): c. acc, Mt 5:16, Mk 2:12, Jo 8:54, Ro 15:6, I Pe 2:12, al.; id. seq. ἐπί Lk 2:20; ἐν, Ga 1:24, I Pe 4:16. In LXX and NT (v.s. δόξα, 3), to clothe with splendour, glorify ( Ex 34:29, 30, Ps 36 (37):20, Is 44:23, Es 3:1, al): Ro 8:30, II Co 3:10, II Th 3:1, I Pe 1:8, al.; of Christ, Jo 7:39 8:54, al. (on the Johannine use, v. Cremer, 211; Westc., Jo., Intr.); of the Father, Jo 13:31, 32, I Pe 4:11, al. (cf. ἐν-, συν-δοξάζω ).Scroll for more

to see/experienceI look at, gaze, behold; I see, experience, discern; I partake of.θεωρέω, -ῶ (< θεωρός, a spectator, < θεάομαι ), [in LXX chiefly for ראה, חזה;] (pres. and impf. only, exc. Jo 7:3 (fut.), Mt 28:1, Lk 23:48, Jo 8:51, Re 11:12 (aor.); Bl., §24); (cl.), to look at, gaze, behold: absol., Mt 27:55, Mk 15:40, Lk 23:35; seq. πῶς, Mk 12:41; ποῦ, Mk 15:47; c. acc. pers., Jo 6:40, 62 12:45 16:10-19, Ac 3:16 20:38 25:24, Re 11:11, 12; id. c. ptcp., Mk 5:15, Lk 10:18, Jo 6:19 10:12 20:12, 14, I Jn 3:17; c. acc. rei, Mt 28:1, Lk 14:29 21:6 23:48, Jo 2:23 6:2 7:3, Ac 4:13 8:13; id. c. ptcp., Jo 20:6, Ac 7:56 10:11; seq. ὅτι, Ac 19:26. In popular lang. (Kennedy, Sources, 155; Bl., §24, s.v. ὁρᾶν ), in pres. and impf. = ὁράω, to see, perceive, discern: seq. ὅτι, Mk 16:4, Jo 4:19 12:19, Ac 19:26 27:10; πόσαι, Ac 21:20; πηλίκος, He 7:4; c. acc. rei, Mk 5:38; id. c. ptcp., Ac 17:16 28:6; c. acc. pers., Mk 3:11, Jo 14:19, Ac 9:7 17:22; πνεῦμα, Lk 24:37; τὸ π., Jo 14:17; seq. ὅτι, Jo 9:8; c. ptcp., Lk 24:39. Hebraistically, to experience, partake of: τ. θάνατον, Jo 8:51 (cf. Ps 88(89):49 ); τ. δόξαν, Jo 17:24 (cf. ἀνα-, παρα-θερρέω ).†Scroll for more

how much/many?How much, how great, how many.πόσος, -η, -ον, adj. of number, magnitude, degree, etc., how much, how great, how many: Mt 6:23, II Co 7:11; of time, Mk 9:21; neut., absol., Lk 16:5, 7; dat., πόσῳ, adverbially, how much, Mt 12:12; id. seq. μᾶλλον, Mt 7:11 10:25, Lk 11:13 12:24, 28, Ro 11:12, 24, Phm 16, He 9:14; π. χείρονος τιμωρίας, He 10:29; pl., Mt 15:34 16:9, 10 27:13, Mk 6:38 8:5, 19, 20 15:4, Lk 15:17, Ac 21:20.†Scroll for more

myriadA myriad, group of ten thousand, a ten thousand.μυριάς, -άδος, ἡ (< μυρίος ), [in LXX chiefly for רְבָבָה;] ten thousand, a myriad: pl., Ac 19:19, Re 5:11 9:16; hyperb., of vast numbers, Lk 12:1, Ac 21:20, He 12:22, Ju 14.†Scroll for more

they areεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

to trust inI believe, have faith in, trust in; pass: I am entrusted with.πιστεύω, [in LXX chiefly for אמן hi.;] intrans., to have faith (in), to believe; in cl., c. acc., dat., in NT also c. prep. (on the significance of the various constructions, v. M, Pr., 67 f.; Vau. on Ro 4:5; Ellic. on I Ti 1:16; Abbott, JV, 19-80): absol., Mt 24:23, 26, Mk 13:21, I Co 11:18; c. acc. rei, Ac 13:41, I Co 13:7; c. dat. pers. (to believe what one says), Mk 16:[13, 14], I Jo 4:1; τ. ψεύδει, II Th 2:11; περί... ὅτι, Jo 9:18; esp. and most freq. with reference to religious belief: absol., Mt 8:13, Mk 5:36, Lk 8:50, Jo 11:40, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mt 9:28, al.; c. dat. (v. supr., and cf. DB, i, 829a), Jo 3:12 5:24 6:30 8:31, Ac 16:34, Ga 3:6 (LXX), II Ti 1:12, I Jo 5:10, al.; c. prep., (expressing personal trust and reliance as distinct from mere credence or belief; v. M, Pr., 67 f.; DB, i, 829b), to believe in or on: ἐν ( Ps 77 (78):22, al.), Mk 1:15 (v. Swete, in l.); εἰς, Mt 18:6, Jo 2:11 (v. Westc., in l.), and freq., Ac 10:43 19:4, Ro 10:14, Ga 2:16, Phl 1:29, I Jo 5:10, I Pe 1:8; εἰς τ. ὄνομα (v.s. ὄνομα, Jo 1:12 2:23 3:18, I Jo 5:13; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 27:42, Ac 9:42 11:17 16:31 22:19, Ro 4:5; ἐπί, c. dat., Ro 9:33 (LXX) 10:11 (LXX), I Ti 1:16, I Pe 2:6 (LXX); ptcp. pres., οἱ π., as subst., Ac 2:44, Ro 3:22, I Co 1:21, al.; aor., Mk 16:[16], Ac 4:32; pf., Ac 19:18 21:20 (on Johannine use of the tenses of π., v. Westc, Epp. Jo., 120). Trans., to entrust: c. acc. et dat., Lk 16:11, Jo 2:24; pass., to be entrusted with: c. acc., Ro 3:2, I Co 9:17, Ga 2:7, I Th 2:4 (v. Lft., Notes, 21 f.), I Ti 1:11, Tit 1:3.Scroll for more

zealotOne who is eagerly devoted to a person or a thing, a zealot.ζηλωτής, -οῦ, ὁ (< ζηλόω ), [in LXX for קַנָּא ( θεὸς ζ. ), Ex 20:5 34:14, De 4:24 5:9 6:15; קַנּוֹא, Na 1:2 ( θεός ); pl., I Es 8:72; ζ. τῶν νόμων, II Mac 4:2; τὸν ζ. Φινεές, IV Mac 18:12 (cf. Nu 25:11 )*;] in cl. an emulator, zealous admirer (Plat., al.). eagerly desirous, zealous; absol., as in OT, Ex 20:5 34:14, De 4:24 5:9 6:15, Na 1:2, I Es 8:72; c. gen. obj.: (zealous to acquire or to defend), I Co 14:12, Tit 2:14, I Pe 3:13; τ. νομου ( II Mac 4:2 ), Ac 21:20; παραδόσεων, Ga 1:14; c. gen. pers., θεοῦ, Ac 22:3. In FlJ, NT, a Zealot, member of the Jewish party so called: as surname of the Apostle Simon, Lk 6:15, Ac 1:13.†Scroll for more

lawUsage, custom, law; in NT: of law in general, plur: of divine laws; of a force or influence impelling to action; of the Mosaic law; meton: of the books which contain the law, the Pentateuch, the Old Testament scriptures in general.νόμος, -ου, ὁ (< νέμω, to deal out, distribute ), [in LXX chiefly for תּוֹרָה, also for חֻקָּה, etc.;] that which is assigned, hence, usage, custom, then law; in NT (only in Mt, Jo, Ja, and the Lucan and Pauline bks.); of law in general: Ro 3:27 5:13b; pl., of divine laws, He 8:10 10:16; ὁ ν. τ. Χριστοῦ, Ga 6:2; (τ.) ἐλευθερίας, Ja 1:25 2:12; βασιλικιός (Hort., in l.; Deiss., LAE, 367 3 ), Ja 2:8. Of a force or influence impelling to action: Ro 7:21, 23a, 25 8:2. Of the Mosaic law: Mt 5:18, Lk 2:27, Jo 1:17, Ac 6:13, Ro 2:15, I Co 9:8, I Ti 1:8, He 7:19, al.; ν. Μωυσέως, Lk 2:22, Jo 7:23, Ac 15:5, al.; κυρίου, Lk 2:39; κατὰ τὸν ν., Ac 22:12, He 7:5 9:22. Anarthrous (Bl., § 46, 8; ICC on Ro 2:12, 13 ), νόμος, of law in general: Ro 2:12, 14b 3:20, 21 4:15, al.; of the Mosaic law in its quality as law: Ro 2:14a 5:20 10:4, Ga 2:19, al.; οἱ ἐκ ν., Ro 4:14; ὑπὸ νόμον, I Co 9:20, Ga 4:5; ν. πράσσειν ( πληροῦν ), Ro 2:25 13:8. Of Christian teaching: ν. πίστεως, Ro 3:27; τ. Χριστοῦ, Ga 6:2. By meton., of the books which contain the law; of the Pentateuch: Mt 12:5, Jo 1:45, al.; ὁ ν. καὶ οἱ προφῆται, Mt 5:17, Lk 16:16, al.; ὁ ν. καὶ προφῆται κ. ψαλμοί, Lk 24:44; of the OT Scriptures in general (as Heb. תּוֹרָה ): Jo 10:34 12:34 15:25, I Co 14:21, al.Scroll for more

be alreadyI begin, am, exist, am in possession.ὑπάρχω [in LXX for הָיָה, יֵשׁ, לוּן, etc.; τ. ὑπάρχοντα for מִקְנֶה, רְכוּשׁ, etc.;] to begin, make a beginning (Hom., Hdt., al.). to be in existence, be ready, be at hand (Hdt., Thuc., al.): Ac 19:40 27:12, 21; seq. ἐν, Ac 28:18. to be, prop, expressing continuance of an antecedent state or condition (cf. Gifford, Incarnation, 11 ff.; MM, xxv): c. nom. pred., Lk 8:41 9:48, Ac 4:34 7:55 8:16 16:3 19:36 21:20, I Co 7:26 12:22, Ja 2:15, II Pe 3:11; ptcp. c. pred., Lk 16:14 23:50, Ac 2:30 3:2 17:24 22:3, Ro 4:19, I Co 11:7, II Co 8:17 12:16, Ga 1:14 2:14; pl., Lk 11:13, Ac 16:20, 37 17:29, II Pe 2:19; seq. ἐν, c. dat. rei, Lk 7:25 16:23, Ac 5:4 10:12, I Co 11:18, Phl 3:20; ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων (R, mg., being originally ), Phl 2:6; ἐν, c. dat. pers., ( among ), I Co 11:18; μακρὰν ἀπό, Ac 17:27; πρὸς τ. σωτηρίας, Ac 27:34. to belong to (Thuc., Xen., al.): c. dat. pers., Ac 3:6 4:37 28:7, II Pe 1:8; τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, one's belongings, possessions: c. dat. pers., Lk 8:3 12:15, Ac 4:32; c. gen. pers., Mt 19:21 24:47 25:14, Lk 11:21 12:33, 44 14:33 16:1 19:8, I Co 13:3, He 10:34 (cf. προ-υπάρχω ).†Scroll for more

← Back to 1 Corinthians 11:16

← Back to Galatians 4:12

← Back to Galatians 5:11

Acts 21:21

21and they have been informed concerning thee that thou teachest all the Jews who are among the Gentiles to forsake Moses telling them not to circumcise their children neither to walk after the customs

Related verses (7)

they have been informed

and

concerning

thee

that

to forsake

thou teachest

The ASV does not translate this word.

Moses

the … who

are among

the

Gentiles

all

Jews

telling them

not

to circumcise

their

The ASV does not translate this word.

children

neither

after the

customs

to walk

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

κατηχήθησανkah-tay-CHAY-thay-sahn

δὲdeh

περὶpeh-REE

σοῦsoo

ὅτιHOH-tee

ἀποστασίανah-poh-stah-SEE-ahn

διδάσκειςdee-DAH-skays

ἀπὸah-POH

Μωϋσέωςmoh-oo-SEH-ohs

τοὺςtoos

κατὰkah-TAH

τὰtah

ἔθνηEH-thnay

πάνταςPAHN-tahs

Ἰουδαίουςee-oo-DAI-oos

λέγωνLEH-gohn

μὴmay

περιτέμνεινpeh-ree-TEH-mnayn

αὐτοὺςow-TOOS

τὰtah

τέκναTEH-knah

μηδὲmay-DEH

τοῖςtoys

ἔθεσινEH-theh-seen

περιπατεῖνpeh-ree-pah-TAYN

The Pieces

κατηχήθησανGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

περὶGreek preposition

σοῦGreek pronoun

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ἀποστασίανGreek noun, feminine

διδάσκειςGreek verb

ἀπὸGreek preposition

Μωϋσέωςname of a person

τοὺςGreek article

κατὰGreek preposition

τὰGreek article

ἔθνηGreek noun, neuter

πάνταςGreek adjective

Ἰουδαίουςname of a people descended from a person

λέγωνGreek verb

μὴGreek negative particle

περιτέμνεινGreek verb

αὐτοὺςGreek reflexive pronoun

τὰGreek article

τέκναGreek noun, neuter

μηδὲGreek negative particle

τοῖςGreek article

ἔθεσινGreek noun, neuter

περιπατεῖνGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to instructI instruct orally, teach, inform.*† κατ-ηχέω, -ῶ, to resound. to teach by word of mouth, instruct, inform (v. Bl., Phil. Gosp., 20, 31): Ga 6:6; c. acc. pers., I Co 14:19; pass. c. acc. rei, Lk 1:4 ( ICC, in l.), Ac 18:25 21:24 (cf. Lk 1:4 ), Ga 6:6; seq. ἐκ, c. gen. rei, Ro 2:18; περί, c. gen. pers., Ac 21:21.†Scroll for more

about(a) gen: about, concerning, (b) acc: around.περί, prep. c. gen., acc. (in cl. also c. dat.; cf. M, Pr., 105f.), with radical sense round about (as distinct from ἀμφί, on both sides ). C. gen., of place, about (poët.). Causal, about, on account of, concerning, in reference to: Mt 2:8, Mk 1:44, Lk 4:38, Jo 16:26, Ac 28:21, al. mult.; τὰ περί, c. gen., the things concerning one, one's state or case: Mk 5:27, Ac 1:3 28:15, Eph 6:22, al.; at the beginning of a sentence, περί, regarding, as to, I Co 7:1, al.; in the sense on account of ( Mt 26:28, I Co 1:13, al.), often with ὑπέρ as variant (cf. M, Pr., 105). C. acc., of place, about, around: Mt 3:4, Mk 1:6, Lk 13:8, Ac 22:6, al.; οἱ περί, c. acc. pers., of one's associates, friends, etc., Mk 4:10, Lk 22:49, Jo 11:19, Ac 13:13; οἱ περὶ τ. τοιαῦτα ἐργάται, Ac 19:25; metaph., about, as to, concerning: I Ti 1:19 6:4, II Ti 2:18 3:8, Tit 2:7; τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, Phl 2:23; αἱ περὶ τ. λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι, Mk 4:19. Of time, in a loose reckoning, about, near: Mt 20:3, 5, 6, 9 27:46, Mk 6:48, Ac 10:3, 9 22:6. In composition: round about ( περιβάλλω, περίκειμαι ), beyond, over and above ( περιποιέω, περιλείπω ), to excess ( περιεργάζομαι, περισσεύω ).Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

that/since: thatThat, since, because; may introduce direct discourse.ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις ). As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al. After εἶναι ( γίνεσθαι ): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41, Lk 4:36, Jo 4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2:49, Ac 5:4, 9, al.; Untranslatable, before direct discourse ( ὅτι recitantis ): Mt 7:23, Mk 2:16, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:20, Ac 15:1, He 11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, v.s. ὡς ). As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5:4-12, Lk 6:20, 21, Jo 1:30 5:27, Ac 1:5, I Jo 4:18, Re 3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jo 8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question ( διὰ τί ), Ro 9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι... ἀλλ’ ὅτι, Jo 6:26 12:6.Scroll for more

apostasyDefection, apostasy, revolt.† ἀποστασία, -ας, ἡ (< ἀφίστημι ), [in LXX for מַעַל, etc.;] defection, apostasy, revolt; in late Gk. (MM, Exp., viii; Lft., Notes, 111; Cremer, 308) for cl. ἀπόστασις, freq. in sense of political revolt, in LXX (e.g. Jos 22:22, II Ch 29:19, Je 2:19 ) and NT always of religious apostasy: Ac 21:21, II Th 2:3.†Scroll for more

to teachI teach, direct, admonish.διδάσκω [in LXX chiefly for למד pi., also for ידע hi., ירה hi., etc.;] to teach (i.e. instruct ) a person, teach a thing; trans.: c. acc. pers., Mt 5:2, Mk 1:22, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 8:31; περί, I Jo 2:27; c. inf., Lk 11:1; c. acc. rei, Mk 6:30 12:14; c. cogn. acc., Mt 15:9 (LXX); c. dupl. acc, Mk 4:2, Jo 14:26; pass., Ga 1:12, II Th 2:15; c. dat. pers. (like Heb., cf. Jb 21:22, but prob. a vernac. usage, v. Swete, in l.), Re 2:14. Absol., to teach, give instruction: Mt 4:23, Mk 1:21, and often in Gosp., Ro 12:7, I Co 4:17, I Ti 2:12, al. SYN.: παιδεύω (cf. Westc., Heb., 402; Cremer, 180).Scroll for more

MosesMoses; met: the books of Moses, the Pentateuch.Μωυσῆς ( Μωϋσῆς, T; Μωσῆς, Rec.), -έως, dat. -ῆ (as LXX: Ex 5:20, al.), and -εῖ, acc. -ῆν (as LXX) and -έα ( Lk 16:29 only), (Heb. מֹשֶׁה ), Moses: Mt 8:4 17:3, 4, al.; νόμος Μωυσέως, Lk 2:22 24:44, Jo 7:23, Ac 13:39 15:5 28:23, I Co 9:9, He 10:28; by meton., of the books of Moses, Lk 16:29 24:27, Ac 15:21, II Co 3:15.Scroll for more

to circumciseI cut around, circumcise.περι-τέμνω, [in LXX chiefly for מוּל;] (Ion., Epic. and late writers), to cut around (Hdt.), hence, to circumcise ( π. τὰ αἰδοῖα, Hdt.): Lk 1:59 2:21, Jo 7:22, Ac 7:8 15:5 16:3 21:21. Pass. and mid., to be circumcised, receive circumcision: Ac 15:1, I Co 7:18, Ga 2:3 5:2, 3 6:12, 13. Metaph. (cf. De 10:16, Je 4:4, al.), Col 2:11 (v. Deiss., BS, 151 f.; MM, xix).†Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

norAnd not, not even, neither...nor.μηδέ, negative particle, related to οὐδέ as μή to οὐ, as conjc., continuing a negation or prohibition, but not, and not, nor: preceded by μή, Mt 6:25 22:29, Mk 12:24, Lk 14:12, al.; ἵνα μή, Jo 4:15; ὅπως μή, Lk 16:26; μηδέ... μηδέ, neither... nor, Mt 10:10, I Co 10:8, 9. As adv., strengthening a negation, not even: Mk 2:2, I Co 5:11, al.Scroll for more

customA custom, habit; an institute, rite.** ἔθος, -εος (-ους), τό (< ἔθω ), [in LXX: Wi 14:16, Da TH Bel 15, I Mac 10:89, II Mac 11:25 13:4, IV Mac 18:5 א R*;] habit, custom; Lk 22:39, Jo 19:40, Ac 16:21 25:16, He 10:25; in Lk 1:9 2:42, Ac 6:14 15:1 21:21 26:3 28:17, almost in the narrower sense of law (Deiss., BS, 251 f.).†Scroll for more

to walkI walk, hence Hebraistically (in an ethical sense): I conduct my life, live.περι-πατέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for הלךְ pi., hith.;] to walk: absol., Mt 9:5, Mk 5:42, Lk 5:23, Jo 1:36; c. pred., γυμνός, Re 16:15; ἐπάνω Lk 11:44; διά, c. gen., Re 21:24; ἐν, Mk 11:27 12:38, Jo 7:1 11:54, Re 2:1, al.; ἐν τ. σκοτίᾳ, fig., Jo 8:12 12:35, I Jn 1:6, 7 2:11; ἐπί, c. gen., Mt 14:26; id. c. dat., Mt 14:25, 29; μετά, Jo 6:66, Re 3:4; παρά, c. acc., Mt 4:18. Metaph., of living, passing one's life, conducting oneself (like ἀναστρέφομαι in Xen., Plut., LXX, π.; M, Pr., 11; Deiss., BS, 194): ἀκριβῶς, Eph 5:15; ἀτάκτως, II Th 3:6, 11; εὐσχημόνως, Re 13:13, I Th 4:12; ἀξίως, c. gen., Eph 4:1, Col 1:10, I Th 2:12; καθώς ( ὥς ), Eph 4:17 5:8, 15, Phl 3:17, I Th 4:1; οὕτως ὥς, I Co 7:17; seq. nom. qual., Phl 3:18; c. dat., Ac 21:21, Ro 13:13, II Co 12:18, Ga 5:16; seq. ἐν, Ro 6:4, II Co 4:2 5:7 10:3, Eph 2:2, 10 4:17 5:2, Col 3:7 4:5, He 13:9, II Jn 4, 6, al.; ἐν Χριστῷ, Col 2:6; κατά, c. acc., Mk 7:5, Ro 8:4 14:15, I Co 3:3, II Co 10:2, II Jn 6 (cf. ἐν-περιπατέω ).Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 6:2

← Back to Acts 15:30

Acts 21:22

22What is it therefore they will certainly hear that thou art come

Related verses (2)

Acts 15:12, 22 | Acts 19:32

What

therefore

is it

certainly

they will … hear

that

thou art come

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

τίtee

οὖνoon

ἐστινeh-steen

πάντωςPAHN-tohs

ἀκούσονταιah-KOO-sohn-tai

ὅτιHOH-tee

ἐλήλυθαςeh-LAY-loo-thahs

The Pieces

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

οὖνGreek conjunction

ἐστινGreek verb

πάντωςGreek adverb

ἀκούσονταιGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ἐλήλυθαςGreek verb

What It Can Mean

therefore/thenTherefore, then.οὖν, particle expressing consequence or simple sequence (never standing first in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then: Mt 3:10, Lk 3:9, Jo 8:38, Ac 1:21, Ro 5:9, al.; in exhortations, Mt 3:8, Lk 11:35, Ac 3:19, Ro 6:12, al.; in questions, Mt 13:28, Mk 15:12, Jo 8:[5], Ro 6:1, al.; continuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mt 1:17, Lk 3:18, Jo 1:22 2:18 (and very freq. in this Gospel), Ac 26:22, al.; ἄρα οὖν (v.s. ἄρα ); ἐπεὶ οὖν, He 2:14; οὖν c. ptcp. (= ἐπεὶ οὖν ), Ac 2:30, Ro 5:1, al.; ἐὰν οὖν (where οὖν rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mt 5:23, Lk 4:7, Jo 6:62, Ro 2:26, al.; ὡς οὖν, Jo 4:1, al.Scroll for more

surelyWholly, entirely, in every way, by all means, certainly.πάντως, adv. (< πάς ), [in LXX: IV Ki 5:11 (v. Thackeray, Gr., 47), To 14:8, al.;] altogether, by all means; without neg. (from Hdt. on): I Co 16:12; esp. in strong affirmations, surely, at all events: Lk 4:23, Ac 21:22 28:4, I Co 9:10; c. neg. (so always in Hom.), in a complete negation: Ro 3:9; in a partial negation (Bl., § 75, 7), I Co 5:10.†Scroll for more

← Back to Numbers 6:2

← Back to Numbers 6:9

Acts 21:23

23Do therefore this that we say to thee We have four men that have a vow on them

Related verses (2)

Acts 18:18 | Numbers 6:2-7

this

therefore

that

to thee

we say

have

men

four

a vow

that have

them

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

τοῦτοTOO-toh

οὖνoon

ποίησονPOY-ay-sohn

ὅhoh

σοιsoy

λέγομενLEH-goh-men

εἰσὶνay-SEEN

ἡμῖνhay-MEEN

ἄνδρεςAHN-dres

τέσσαρεςTEH-sah-res

εὐχὴνyoo-CHAYN

ἔχοντεςEH-chohn-tes

ἐφ᾽ef

ἑαυτῶνheh-ow-TOHN

The Pieces

τοῦτοGreek demonstrative pronoun

οὖνGreek conjunction

ποίησονGreek verb

ὅGreek relative pronoun

σοιGreek pronoun

λέγομενGreek verb

εἰσὶνGreek verb

ἡμῖνGreek pronoun

ἄνδρεςGreek noun, masculine

τέσσαρεςGreek adjective

εὐχὴνGreek noun, feminine

ἔχοντεςGreek verb

ἐφ᾽

ἑαυτῶνGreek reflexive pronoun

What It Can Mean

thatοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

a vow/prayerA prayer comprising a vow; a prayer, vow.εὐχή, -ῆς, ἡ (< εὔχομαι ), [in LXX chiefly for נֵדֶר;] a prayer: Ja 5:15. a vow: Ac 18:18 21:23.† SYN.: v.s. δέησιςScroll for more

No dictionary entry for this word.

← Back to Numbers 6:18

← Back to Deuteronomy 28:29

← Back to Acts 18:18

Acts 21:24

24these take and purify thyself with them and be at charges for them that they may shave their heads and all shall know that there is no truth in the things whereof they have been informed concerning thee but that thou thyself also walkest orderly keeping the law

Related verses (15)

these

take

and purify thyself

with

them

and

be at charges

for

them

that

they may shave

their

heads

and

shall know

all

that

the things whereof

they have been informed

concerning

thee

there is

but

that thou … walkest orderly

also

thyself

keeping

the

law

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

τούτουςTOO-toos

παραλαβὼνpah-rah-lah-BOHN

ἁγνίσθητιhah-GNEE-sthay-tee

σὺνsoon

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

καὶkai

δαπάνησονdah-PAH-nay-sohn

ἐπep

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

ἵναHEE-nah

ξυρήσονταιksoo-RAY-sohn-tai

τὴνtayn

κεφαλήνkeh-fah-LAYN

καὶkai

γνώσονταιGNOH-sohn-tai

πάντεςPAHN-tes

ὅτιHOH-tee

ὧνhohn

κατήχηνταιkah-TAY-chayn-tai

περὶpeh-REE

σοῦsoo

οὐδένoo-DEN

ἐστινeh-steen

ἀλλὰah-LAH

στοιχεῖςstoy-CHAYS

καὶkai

αὐτὸςow-TOHS

φυλάσσωνfoo-LAH-sohn

τὸνtohn

νόμονNOH-mohn

The Pieces

τούτουςGreek demonstrative pronoun

παραλαβὼνGreek verb

ἁγνίσθητιGreek verb

σὺνGreek preposition

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

δαπάνησονGreek verb

ἐπGreek preposition

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

ἵναGreek conjunction

ξυρήσονταιGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

κεφαλήνGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

γνώσονταιGreek verb

πάντεςGreek adjective

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ὧνGreek relative pronoun

κατήχηνταιGreek verb

περὶGreek preposition

σοῦGreek pronoun

οὐδένGreek adjective

ἐστινGreek verb

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

στοιχεῖςGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

αὐτὸςGreek pronoun

φυλάσσωνGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

νόμονGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

theseοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to takeI take from, receive from, or: I take to, receive (apparently not used of money), admit, acknowledge; I take with me.παρα-λαμβάνω, [in LXX chiefly for לקח, also for ירשׁ, etc.;] c. acc. rei, like παραδέχομαι, correl. to παραδίδωμι, to receive from another: Col 4:17, He 12:28; of the mind, I Co 11:23 15:1, 3, Ga 1:9, Phl 4:9; c. inf., Mk 7:4; seq. παρά, c. gen., Ga 1:12, I Th 2:13 4:1, II Th 3:6; τ. Χριστόν (Lft., in l.), Col 2:6. C. acc. pers., to take to or with oneself: Mt 2:13, 14, 20, 21 17:1 26:37, Mk 4:36 5:40 9:2 10:32, Lk 9:10, 28 11:26 18:31 Jo 19:16, Ac 15:39 23:18; γυναῖκα, Mt 1:20, 24; μεθ’ ἑαυτοῦ, Mt 12:45 18:16, Mk 14:33; seq. εἰς, Mt 4:5, 8 27:27; κατ’ ἰδίαν, Mt 20:17; mid., seq. πρὸς ἐμαυτόν, Jo 14:3; pass., Mt 24:40, 41, Lk 17:34-36; ptcp., prefixed to other verbs (Bl, § 74, 2), Ac 16:33 21:24, 26, 32; metaph., Jo 1:11.†Scroll for more

to purifyI cleanse, purify, either ceremonially, actually, or morally.ἁγνίζω (> ἁγνός ), [in LXX always ceremonially, chiefly for קדשׁ;] to purify, cleanse from defilement; ceremonially: Jo 11:55, Ac 21:24, 26 24:18; morally: Ja 4:8, I Pe 1:22, I Jo 3:3.† SYN.: καθαρίζω, q.v. (and v.s. ἁγνός ).Scroll for more

to spendI spend, bear expense, waste, squander.** δαπανάω, -ῶ [in LXX: To 1:7, I Mac 14:32, al.;] to spend, expend: c. acc., Mk 5:26; seq. ἐπί, c. dat. pers., Ac 21:24; ὑπέρ, II Co 12:15. to consume, squander: Lk 15:14; ἐν τ. ἡδσναῖς (on the constr. with ἐν, v. Hort, Mayor, in l.), Ja 4:3 (cf. ἐκ-, προσ- δ. ).†Scroll for more

in order that/toIn order that, so that.ἵνα, adverb (poët., Hom., al.), of place, where, whither. of circumstance, when. Conjunction, prop., final, denoting purpose or end (cl.), that, in order that, usually the first word in the clause, but sometimes (cl. also) preceded by an emphatic word ( Ac 19:4, Ro 11:31 (?), Ga 2:10, al.); c. optat. (so in cl. after historic tenses): after a pres., Eph 1:17 (but WH, mg., subjc.; v. Burton, § 225, Rem., 2); c. subjc.: after a pres., Mk 4:21, Lk 6:34, Jo 3:15, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:11, al.; after a pf., Mt 1:22, Jo 5:23, I Co 9:22, al.; after an imperat. (pres. or aor.), Mt 7:1, Mk 11:25, Jo 10:38, I Co 7:5, al.; after a delib. subjc., Mk 1:38, al.; after a fut., Lk 16:4, Jo 14:3, I Co 15:28, al.; after historic tenses (where optat. in cl.; WM, 359 f.; M, Pr., 196 f.), Mk 6:41 (impf.), Jo 4:8 (plpf.), Mk 3:14 (aor.), al.; in late writers (M, Pr., 35; Burton, §§ 198, 199), c. indic. fut: Lk 20:10, I Pe 3:1, al.; as often in eccl. writers (Thayer, s.v.), c. indic. pres.: I Co 4:6, Ga 4:17, al. (?; but v. Burton, § 198, Rem.); εἰς (διὰ) τοῦτο, ἵνα: Jo 18:37, I Ti 1:16, al.; τούτου χάριν, Tit 1:5; elliptical constructions: omission of the principal verb, Jo 1:8, II Th 3:9, I Jo 2:19, al.; of the final verb, Ro 4:16, II Co 8:13, al. In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420; Bl., § 69, 1), that; after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc.: θέλω, Mt 7:12, al.; ζητῶ, I Co 4:2 14:12; ζηλόω, I Co 14:1, al.; after verbs of saying, asking, exhorting: εἰπεῖν, Mt 4:3, al.; ἐρωτῶ, Mk 7:26, al.; παρακαλῶ, Mt 14:36, I Co 1:10, al., etc.; after words expressing expediency, etc.: συμφέρει, Mt 18:6, Jo 11:50, al.; ἱκανός, Mt 8:8, Lk 7:6; χρείαν ἔχω, Jo 2:25, al, etc.; after substantives, adding further definition: ὥρα, Jo 12:23 13:1; χρόνος, Re 2:21; συνήθεια, Jo 18:39; μισθός, I Co 9:18. In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, = ὥστε, that, so that (M, Pr., 206 ff.; WM, 572; Bl., § 69, 3; Burton, § 223): Ro 11:11, I Co 7:29, I Th 5:4, al. (but v. Thayer, s.v.); so with the formula referring to the fulfilment of prophecy, ἵνα πληρωθῇ, Mt 1:22 2:14 4:14, Jo 13:18, al.Scroll for more

to shaveI shave, shear, cut off the hair.

head(a) the head, (b) met: a corner stone, uniting two walls; head, ruler, lord.κεφαλή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX nearly always for רֹאשׁ;] the head: Mt 5:36, Mk 6:24, Re 1:14 9:7, al. mult.; fig., ἄνθρακες ἐπὶ τὴν κ., Ro 12:20 (LXX); αἷμα, Ac 18:6; metaph., of a husband, c. gen., I Co 11:3, Eph 5:23; of Christ, I Co 11:3, Eph 4:15 5:23, Col 1:18 2:10, 19; of things, κ. γωνίας, Mt 21:42 (LXX).Scroll for more

to knowI am taking in knowledge, come to know, learn; aor: I ascertained, realized.γινώσκω (= γιγν-: v. previous word. So also vulgar Attic, in Inscr., v. Thumb, MGV, 207), [in LXX chiefly for ידע;] to be taking in knowledge, come to know, recognize, perceive, understand; in past tenses to know, realize; pass., to become known: c. acc., Mt 22:18, Mk 5:43, Col 4:8, I Th 3:5, al. Pass., Mt 10:26, Phl 4:5, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mt 21:45, Jo 4:1, al.; τί, Mt 6:3; ἀπό, Mk 15:45; ὅ, Ro 7:15; τ. λεγόμενα, Lk 18:34; τ. θέλημα, Lk 12:47; τ. καρδίας, Lk 16:15; c acc. pers., of recognition by God, I Co 8:3, Ga 4:9; by Christ, neg., Mt 7:23; freq. of the knowledge of divine things, of God and Christ; τ. θεόν, Ro 1:21 Ga 4:9; τ. πατέρα, Jo 8:55; τ. κύριον, He 8:1 (LXX); νοῦν κυρίου, Ro 11:34; Χριστόν, Jo 17:3, I Jo 3:6; τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, I Co 2:14; τ. πνεύμα, I Jo 4:6; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 8:32; of Christ's knowledge of the Father ( ἐπιγ. ), Mt 11:27 (Dalman, Words, 282ff.). In Hellenistic writers [LXX for Heb. ידע, Ga 4:1, al.], of sexual intercourse, to know carnally: Mt 1:25, Lk 1:34 (Cremer, 153). SYN.: γ., to know by observation and experience is thus prop. disting. from οἶδα, to know by reflection (a mental process, based on intuition or information); cf. also ἐφίστημι, συνίημι. (Cf. ἀνα-, δια-, ἐπι-, κατα-, προ-γινώσκω.)Scroll for more

noneNo one, none, nothing.οὐδείς, -δεμία, -δέν (also in WH, txt., the Hellenistic forms -θείς, -θέν, Lk 22:35 23:14, Ac 15:9 19:27 26:26, I Co 13:2, II Co 11:8; cf. Bl., § 6, 7; M, Pr., 56 n, Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to μηδείς as οὐ to μή, no, no one, none: with nouns, Lk 4:24, Jo 10:41, Ro 8:1, al.; absol., Mt 6:24, Mk 3:27, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:18, Ac 18:10, Ro 14:7, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Lk 4:26, Jo 13:28, al.; neut., οὐδέν, Mt 10:26, al.; id. c. gen. partit., Lk 9:36, Ac 18:17, al.; οὐδὲν εἰ μή, Mt 5:13, Mk 9:29, al.; c. neg., strengthening the negation, Mk 15:4, 5, Lk 4:2, Jo 3:27, al.; adverbially, Ac 25:10, Ga 4:12, al.Scroll for more

to followI walk in, walk by.στοιχέω, -ῶ (< στοῖχος, a row), [in LXX: Ec 11:6 ( כָּשֵׁר ) *;] to be in rows (of waves, plants, etc., as well as of men), to walk in line (esp. of marching in file to battle; Xen., Cyr., vi, 3, 34, al.). Metaph., in late writers, to walk by rule: Ac 21:24; c. dat., to walk by or in (as a rule of life), Ro 4:12 (cf. MM, xxiii), Ga 5:25 6:16, Phl 3:16 (cf. συν-στοιχέω ).†Scroll for more

to keep/guard: observe(a) I guard, protect; mid: I am on my guard, (b) act. and mid. of customs and regulations: I keep, observe.φυλάσσω [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for שָׁמַר, also for נָצַר, etc.;] to guard, watch; to guard or watch: c. cogn. acc., φυλακάς, Lk 2:8; c. acc. pers., Ac 12:4 28:16; pass., Lk 8:29, Ac 23:35; c. acc. rei, Ac 22:20; to guard or protect: c. acc., Lk 11:21, Jo 12:25 17:12, II Th 3:3, I Ti 6:20, II Ti 1:12, 14, II Pe 2:5; ἑαυτὸν ἀπό, I Jn 5:21 (Westc., in l.); metaph. of law, precept, etc., to keep, preserve, observe: Mt 19:20, Lk 11:28 18:21, Jo 12:47, Ac 7:53 16:4 21:24, Ro 2:26, Ga 6:13, I Ti 5:21. Mid., to be on one's guard (against), keep oneself from, beware of: c. acc., Ac 21:25, II Ti 4:15; seq. ἀπό., Lk 12:15; ἵνα μή, II Pe 3:17; as in LXX ( Ex 12:17, Le 18:4, al.), of laws, etc., to keep, observe: ταῦτα πάντα, Mk 10:20 (cf. δια-φυάσσω ).† SYN.: τηρέω, q.vScroll for more

← Back to Ezekiel 33:25

← Back to Acts 15:20

← Back to Acts 15:23

← Back to Acts 15:29

← Back to 1 Corinthians 8:1

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:21

← Back to 1 Timothy 4:4

← Back to Revelation 2:14

Acts 21:25

25But as touching the Gentiles that have believed we wrote giving judgment that they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols and from blood and from what is strangled and from fornication

Related verses (1)

Acts 15:20, 29

as touching

But

the

that have believed

Gentiles

wrote

giving judgment

that … should keep themselves from

they

things

The ASV does not translate this word.

sacrificed to idols

and

from blood

and

from what is strangled

and

from fornication

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

περὶpeh-REE

δὲdeh

τῶνtohn

πεπιστευκότωνpeh-pee-styoo-KOH-tohn

ἐθνῶνeh-THNOHN

ἡμεῖςhay-MAYS

ἐπεστείλαμενeh-peh-STAY-lah-men

κρίναντεςKREE-nahn-tes

φυλάσσεσθαιfoo-LAH-seh-sthai

αὐτοὺςow-TOOS

τόtoh

τεteh

εἰδωλόθυτονay-doh-LOH-thoo-tohn

καὶkai

αἷμαHAI-mah

καὶkai

πνικτὸνpnee-KTOHN

καὶkai

πορνείανpohr-NAY-ahn

The Pieces

περὶGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

τῶνGreek article

πεπιστευκότωνGreek verb

ἐθνῶνGreek noun, neuter

ἡμεῖςGreek pronoun

ἐπεστείλαμεν

κρίναντεςGreek verb

φυλάσσεσθαιGreek verb

αὐτοὺςGreek reflexive pronoun

τόGreek article

τεGreek conjunction

εἰδωλόθυτονGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

αἷμαGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

πνικτὸνGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

πορνείανGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

No dictionary entry for this word.

to judge(a) I judge, whether in a law-court or privately: sometimes with cognate nouns emphasizing the notion of the verb, (b) I decide, I think (it) good.κρίνω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁפט, also for דּין, ריב, etc.;] to separate, select, choose (cl.; in LXX: II Mac 13:15 ). to approve, esteem: Ro 14:5. to be of opinion, judge, think: Lk 7:43, I Co 11:13; seq. τοῦτο ὅτι, II Co 5:14; c. acc. et inf., Ac 16:15; c. acc. et pred., Ac 13:46 26:8. to decide, determine, decree: c. acc., Ac 16:4, Ro 14:13, I Co 7:37, II Co 2:1; c. inf. (Field, Notes, 167), Ac 20:16 25:25, I Co 2:2 5:3, Tit 3:12 (cf. I Mac 11:33, Wi 8:9, al.); c. acc. et inf., Ac 21:25 27:1. to judge, adjudge, pronounce judgment: absol., Jo 8:16, 26; seq. κατά, c. acc., Jo 7:24 8:15; κρίσιν κ., Jo 7:24; τ. δίκαιον, Lk 12:57 (Deiss., LAE, 118); in forensic sense, Jo 18:31, Ac 23:3, al.; pass., Ro 3:4 (LXX); of God's judgment, Jo 5:30 8:50, Ro 2:16 3:6, II Ti 4:1, I Pe 4:5, al. = κατακρίνω, to condemn (cl.): Ac 13:27; of God's judgment, Jo 3:18 5:22 12:47, 48, Ac 7:7, Ro 2:12, I Co 11:32, He 10:30 (LXX), Ja 5:9, Re 19:2, al. As in LXX (for שׁפט ), to rule, govern ( IV Ki 15:5, Ps 2:10, al.): Mt 19:28, Lk 22:30, I Co 6:3. to bring to trial (cl.); mid., to go to law: c. dat. pers., Mt 5:40; seq. μετά, c. gen. pers. (of the opponent), ἐπί, c. gen. (of the judge), I Co 6:1, 6 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, ἀντ-απο- ( -μαι ), δια-, ἐν-, ἐπι-, κατα-, συν-, ὑπο- ( -μαι ), συν-υπο- ( -μαι )). SYN.: v.s. δικάστης.Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

sacrificed to idols(of meat), sacrificed to an image (or an idol).**† εἰδωλόθυτος, -ον, (< εἴδωλον, θύω ), [in LXX: IV Mac 5:2 *;] sacrificed to idols: τὸ, τὰ εἰ, Ac 15:29 21:25, I Co 8:1, 4, 7, 10 10:19, Re 2:14, 20.†Scroll for more

bloodBlood (especially as shed).αἷμα, ατος, τό, [in LXX for דָּם;] blood. In the ordinary sense: Mk 5:25, Lk 8:43, 44 22:44, Jo 19:34, Ac 15:20, 29 21:25, Re 8:7, 8 11:6 16:3, 4, 6 19:13. In special senses: of generation, origin, kinship (cl.): Jo 1:13 (v. MM, VGT, s.v.); as in OT (AR on Eph, 6:12 ), in the phrase σάρξ καὶ αἷ. ( αἷ. κ. σ. ), to indicate human nature as opp. to God and created spirits: Mt 16:17, I Co 15:50, Ga 1:16, Eph 6:12, He 2:14; of things in colour resembling blood: Ac 2:19, 20, Re 6:12 14:18 - 20. of bloodshed, a bloody death (cl.): Mt 23:30, 35 27:4, 6, 8, 24, 25, Lk 11:50, 51 13:1, Ac 1:19 5:28 18:6 20:26 22:20, He 12:4, Re 6:10 17:6 18:24 19:2; αἷ. ἐκχέειν (Deiss., LAE, 428; MM, VGT, s.v., αἷ. ), Ro 3:15, Re 16:6; of sacrificial blood, as an expiation: He 9:7, 12, 13, 18 - 22, 25 10:4 11:28 13:11; of the blood of Christ, Mt 26:28, Mk 14:24, Lk 22:20, Jo 6:53, 54, 56, Ac 20:28, Ro 3:25 5:9, I Co 10:16 11:25, 27, Eph 1:7 2:13, Col 1:20, He 9:12, 14 10:19, 29 12:24 13:20, I Pe 1:2, 19, I Jo 1:7 (cf. 5:6, 8 ), Re 1:5 5:9 7:14 12:11. (Cremer, 69 f., 612 f.)†Scroll for more

strangledStrangled (i.e. killed without letting out the blood).* πνικτός, -ή, -όν (< πνίγω ), strangled: Ac 15:20, 29 21:25 (cf. Le 17:13, 14 ).†Scroll for more

sexual sinFornication, whoredom; met: idolatry.πορνεία, -ας, ἡ (< πορνεύω ), [in LXX for זְנוּנִים, תַּזְנוּת and cogn. forms;] fornication: Ac 15:20, 29 21:25, I Co 5:1 6:13, 18, II Co 12:21, Ga 5:19, Eph 5:3, Col 3:5, I Th 4:3 (Lft., Notes, 53), Re 9:21; pl. (v. WM, 220; Bl., § 32, 6), I Co 7:2; disting. from μοιχεία, Mt 15:19, Mk 7:21; = μοιχεία ( Am 8:17, Si 23:23, al.), Mt 5:32 19:9. Metaph. (of idolatry: De 23:2, Ho 1:2 ): Jo 8:41 (Westc., in l.), and so perh. (Thayer-Grimm, s.v.; but v. Swete, in ll.), Re 2:21 14:18 17:2, 4 18:3 19:2.†Scroll for more

← Back to Numbers 6:13

← Back to 1 Samuel 21:7

Acts 21:26

26Then Paul took the men and the next day purifying himself with them went into the temple declaring the fulfilment of the days of purification until the offering was offered for every one of them

Related verses (3)

1 Corinthians 9:20 | Acts 24:18 | Numbers 6:13-20

Then

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

took

the

men

the

day

with

them

purifying himself

and … went

into

the

temple

declaring

the

fulfilment

of the

days

The ASV does not translate this word.

of purification

until

The ASV does not translate this word.

was offered

for

one

every

of them

the

offering

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

Card 32

τότεTOH-teh

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

παραλαβὼνpah-rah-lah-BOHN

τοὺςtoos

ἄνδραςAHN-drahs

τῇtay

ἐχομένῃeh-choh-MEH-nay

ἡμέρᾳhay-MEH-rah

σὺνsoon

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

ἁγνισθεὶςhah-gnee-STHAYS

εἰσῄειay-SAY-ay

εἰςays

τὸtoh

ἱερόνhee-eh-ROHN

διαγγέλλωνdee-ahn-GEH-lohn

τὴνtayn

ἐκπλήρωσινek-PLAY-roh-seen

τῶνtohn

ἡμερῶνhay-meh-ROHN

τοῦtoo

ἁγνισμοῦhah-gnee-SMOO

ἕωςHEH-ohs

οὗhoo

προσηνέχθηproh-say-NEH-chthay

ὑπὲρhoo-PEHR

ἑνὸςheh-NOHS

ἑκάστουheh-KAH-stoo

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

ἡhay

προσφοράproh-sfoh-RAH

The Pieces

τότεGreek adverb

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

παραλαβὼνGreek verb

τοὺςGreek article

ἄνδραςGreek noun, masculine

τῇGreek article

ἐχομένῃGreek verb

ἡμέρᾳGreek noun, feminine

σὺνGreek preposition

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

ἁγνισθεὶςGreek verb

εἰσῄειGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

ἱερόνGreek noun, neuter

διαγγέλλωνGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

ἐκπλήρωσινGreek noun, feminine

τῶνGreek article

ἡμερῶνGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

ἁγνισμοῦGreek noun, masculine

ἕωςGreek preposition

οὗGreek relative pronoun

προσηνέχθηGreek verb

ὑπὲρGreek preposition

ἑνὸςGreek adjective

ἑκάστουGreek adjective

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

ἡGreek article

προσφοράGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

templeA temple, either the whole building, or specifically the outer courts, open to worshippers.ἱερόν, -οῦ τό, v.s. ἱερός.Scroll for more

to proclaimI announce throughout (the world), spread the news of, give notice of, teach.δι-αγγέλω [in LXX for ספר pi., etc.;] to publish abroad, proclaim: c. acc, Lk 9:60, Ac 21:26, Ro 9:17 (LXX).†Scroll for more

fulfillmentA completion, fulfillment, accomplishment.**† ἐκ-πλήρωσις, -εως, ἡ ) [in LXX: II Mac 6:14 *;] a completion, fulfilment: Ac 21:26.†Scroll for more

purification(ceremonial) purification.† ἁγνισμός, -οῦ, ὁ (> ἁγνίζω ), [in LXX: Nu 6:5 ( נֵזֶר ) 8:7 19:17 ( חַטּאת ), etc.;] purification: in ceremonial sense, Ac 21:26 (LXX).†Scroll for more

until(a) conj: until, (b) prep: as far as, up to, as much as, until.

to bring to(a) I bring to, (b) characteristically: I offer (of gifts, sacrifices, etc).προσ-φέρω, [in LXX chiefly for קרב hi.;] to bring to, lead to: c. acc. et dat. pers., Mt 4:24 8:16 9:2, 32 14:35 17:16, Mk 2:4 (WH, R, txt.; sc. αὐτόν ) 10:13, Lk 18:15 23:14; pass., Mt 12:22 (act., WH, txt.) 18:24 ( προσήχθη, WH) 19:13; c. acc. rei, Mt 25:20; id. c. dat. pers., Mt 22:19, Lk 23:36; τ. στόματι, Jo 19:29; metaph., c. dat pers., to deal with, He 12:7 (cl.). to offer: Mt 2:11, Ac 8:18; esp. (as freq. in LXX; cf. FlJ, Ant., iii, 9, 3) sacrifices, gifts and prayers to God: absol., seq. περί ( ὑπέρ ), Mk 1:44, Lk 5:14, He 5:1, 3 9:7 10:12; pass., Ac 21:26; c. acc. rei ( δῶρον, θυσίαν, λυτρείαν, προσφοράν ), Mt 5:23, 24 (aoristic pres.; M, Pr., 247) 8:4, Jo 16:2, Ac 7:42 21:26, He 5:1 8:3, 4 9:7, 9 10:1, 2, 8, 11, 12; δεήσεις τε κ. ἱκετηρίας, He 5:7; c. acc. pers., He 11:17 (conative impf.; M, Pr., 129); of Christ, He 7:27 ( ἀνενέγκας, WH, txt.) 9:14, 25, 28.†Scroll for more

offeringAn offering, sacrifice.προσ-φορά, -ᾶς, ἡ (< προσφέρω ), [in LXX: III Ki 7:48 ( פָּנִים ) Ps 39 (40):6 ( מִנְחָה ), I Es 5:52, Si 14:11, al.;] a bringing to, offering (Plat., al.). (Less freq. in cl.), a present, an offering; in NT, of sacrificial offerings: Ac 21:26 24:17, Eph 5:2, He 10:5, 8, 14; περί ἁμαρτίας, He 10:18; c. gen. obj., Ro 15:16, He 10:10.†Scroll for more

← Back to Romans 15:31

← Back to 2 Corinthians 6:5

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 2:16

← Back to 2 Timothy 1:12

Acts 21:27

27And when the seven days were almost completed the Jews from Asia when they saw him in the temple stirred up all the multitude and laid hands on him

Word By Word, In Greek Order1when | 2And | 3were almost | 4the | 5seven | 6days | 7completed | 8the | 9from | 10— | 11Asia | 12Jews | 13when they saw | 14him | 15in | 16the | 17temple | 18stirred up | 19all | 20the | 21multitude | 22and | 23laid | 24on | 25him | 26— | 27hands

Related verses (11)

when

And

were almost

the

seven

days

completed

the

from

The ASV does not translate this word.

Asia

Jews

when they saw

him

the

temple

stirred up

all

the

multitude

and

laid

him

The ASV does not translate this word.

hands

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Ὡςhohs

δὲdeh

ἔμελλονEH-meh-lohn

αἱhai

ἑπτὰheh-PTAH

ἡμέραιhay-MEH-rai

συντελεῖσθαιsoon-teh-LAY-sthai

οἱhoy

ἀπὸah-POH

τῆςtays

Ἀσίαςah-SEE-ahs

Ἰουδαῖοιee-oo-DAI-oy

θεασάμενοιtheh-ah-SAH-meh-noy

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ἐνen

τῷtoh

ἱερῷhee-eh-ROH

συνέχεονsoo-NEH-cheh-ohn

πάνταPAHN-tah

τὸνtohn

ὄχλονOH-chlohn

καὶkai

ἐπέβαλονeh-PEH-bah-lohn

ἐπep

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

τὰςtahs

χεῖραςCHAY-rahs

The Pieces

ὩςGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

ἔμελλονGreek verb

αἱGreek article

ἑπτὰGreek adjective

ἡμέραιGreek noun, feminine

συντελεῖσθαιGreek verb

οἱGreek article

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

Ἀσίαςname of a place

Ἰουδαῖοιname of a people descended from a person

θεασάμενοιGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ἐνGreek preposition

τῷGreek article

ἱερῷGreek adjective

συνέχεονGreek verb

πάνταGreek adjective

τὸνGreek article

ὄχλονGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐπέβαλονGreek verb

ἐπGreek preposition

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

τὰςGreek article

χεῖραςGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

to ensueI intend, am about to; I delay, linger.μέλλω, [in LXX: Jb 3:8 ( עָתִיד ) 19:25 ( אַחֲרוֹן ); elsewhere for fut., and freq. in Wi, II, IV Mac;] to be about to be or do; c. inf. (Bl., § 62, 4; 68, 2; M, Pr., 114); of intending or being about to do of one's own free will: c. inf. praes., Mt 2:13, Lk 10:1, Ac 3:3 5:35, He 8:5, II Pe 1:12 (Field, Notes, 240), al.; c. inf. aor. (Bl., § 58, 3), Ac 12:6, Re 3:16; of compulsion, necessity or certainty: c. inf. praes., Mt 16:27, Lk 9:31, Jo 6:71, Ro 4:24, al.; c. inf. aor., Ro 8:18, Ga 3:23, Re 3:2 12:4. Ptcp., ὁ μέλλων: absol., Ro 8:38, I Co 3:22; τὰ μ., Col 2:17; εἰς τὸ μ. (Field, Notes, 65); c. subst., Mt 3:7 12:32 ( ὁ αἰὼν ὁ μ.; LXX for עַד ), Ac 24:25, I Ti 4:8, He 2:5, al.Scroll for more

sevenSeven.ἐπτά, οἱ, αἱ, τά indecl., seven: Mt 12:45 18:22 (cf. ἑβδομηκοντάκις ), Mk 8:5, al.; οἱ ἐ, Ac 21:8Scroll for more

to completeI bring to an end, fulfill, accomplish.συν-τελέω, -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for כּלה pi., also for עשׂה, תּמם, etc.;] "perfective" of τελέω (cf. M, Pr., 118), to complete, finish, bring to an end: Lk 4:13; pass., ib. 2, Jo 2:3, WH, mg., Ac 21:27. to effect, accomplish, bring to fulfilment (cf. MM, xxiv): Mk 13:4, Ro 9:28, He 8:8.†Scroll for more

AsiaThe Roman province of Asia, roughly the western third of Asia Minor.Ἀσία, -ας, ἡ, Asia, the Roman province: Ac 2:9 6:9 16:6 19:1, 10, 22, 26 (M, Pr., 73), Ac 19:27 Ac 20:4, 16, 18 21:27 24:18 27:2, Ro 16:5, I Co 16:19, II Co 1:8, II Ti 1:15, I Pe 1:1, Re 1:4.†Scroll for more

to look atI see, behold, contemplate, look upon, view; I see, visit.θεάομαι, -ῶμαι, [in LXX: II Ch 22:6 ( ראה ), To 2:2 13:6, 14, Jth 15:8, II Mac 2:4 3:36, III Mac 5:47 *;] to behold, look upon, contemplate, view (in early writers with a sense of wondering ), in NT apparently always in literal, physical sense of "careful and deliberate vision which interprets... its object": c. acc. rei, Mt 11:7, Lk 7:24 23:55, Jo 1:14, 32 4:35 11:45, Ac 22:9, I Jn 1:1; c. acc. pers., Mt 22:11, Ac 21:27, Ro 15:24, I Jn 4:12; c. ptcp., Mk 16:[14], Lk 5:27, Jo 1:38, Ac 1:11; seq. ὅτι, Jo 6:5, I Jn 4:14; pass., Mt 6:1 23:5, Mk 16:[11].† SYN.: v.s. θεωρέω.Scroll for more

sacredSacred, holy, set apart.ἱερός, -ά, όν, [in LXX: Ez 28:18 ( מִקְדָּשׁ ); τό ἱ., I Ch 29:4 ( בַּיִת ), Ez 45:19 ( עֲזָרָה ); very freq. in I Es, I-IV Mac;] in Hom., marvellous, mighty, divine. (Also in Hom. and later cl.) consecrated to the deity, sacred: pl., ἱ. γράμματα, II Ti 3:15. As subst., (so in Hom.), τὰ ἱ., sacrifices, sacred rites, sacred things: I Co 9:13; later, τὸ ἱ., a consecrated or sacred place, a temple: τ. Ἀρτέμιδος, Ac 19:27; of the temple at Jerusalem, i.e. the entire precincts or some part thereof (as distinct from ὁ ναός, q.v., the Sanctuary proper): I Co 9:13, and freq. in Gosp. and esp. in Ac, Mt 12:6, Mk 13:3, Ac 4:1, al. (on the use of ἱ. in Imperial Inser., v. Deiss., LAE, 380 f.)Scroll for more

to confoundI bewilder, stir up, throw into confusion.συν-χέω (Rec. συγ- ), [in LXX for בּלל, רגז, etc.;] to pour together, commingle, confuse; metaph., confound, throw into confusion, stir up trouble: Ac 21:27 (cf. συν-χύννω ).†Scroll for more

crowdA crowd, mob, the common people.ὄχλος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX for הָמוֹן (chiefly in Da TH), חַיִל, קָהָל, etc.;] a moving crowd or multitude of persons, a throng: Mt 9:23, Mk 2:4, Lk 5:1, Jo 5:13, al.; pl., Mt 5:1, Mk 10:1, Lk 3:7, and freq.; ὄ. ἱκανός, Mk 10:46, al.; τοσοῦτος, Mt 15:33; οὐ μετ’ ὄχλου, Ac 24:18; ἄτερ ὄχλου, Lk 22:6; πᾶς ὁ ὄ., Mt 13:2, Mk 2:13, al.; ὄ. πολύς ( π. ὄ ), Mt 20:29, Mk 5:21, al.; ὁ πολὺς ὄ. ( ὄ. π. ), the populace, the common people, Mk 12:37 (Swete, in l.; Field, Notes, 37), Jo 12:9 (Westc, in l.). (As also cl., opp. to δῆμος, q.v., and cf. Tr., Syn., § xcviii), the populace, the common people (cf. ὁ πολὺς ὄ., supr.), Mt 14:5 21:26, Mk 12:12, Jo 7:12b; so with contempt (cl.), Jo 7:49. In a more general sense, a multitude: c. gen., ὀνομάτων (v.s. ὀ. ), Ac 1:15; μαθητῶν, Lk 6:17, al.Scroll for more

to put on/seize(a) I throw upon, cast over, (b) I place upon, (c) I lay, (d) intrans: I strike upon, rush.ἐπι-βάλλω [in LXX for שָׁלַח, שִׁית, etc.;] trans., to cast, lay or put upon: c. acc et dat., Mk 11:7, I Co 7:35; c. acc, seq. ἐπί c. acc, Re 18:19, WH, mg.; τ. Χεῖρα ( -ας ) ἐπί (B1., § 37, 7), of seizing a prisoner, Mt 26:50, Lk 20:19 21:12, Jo 7:30, Ac 5:18 21:27; c. dat. (Polyb.), Mk 14:46 Ac 4:3; c. inf., Ac 12:1; τὴν χ. ἐπ’ ἄροτρον, Lk 9:62; ἐπίβλημα ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον, Lk 5:36; ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ, Mt 9:16. Intrans., to throw oneself or rush upon: τ. κύματα εἰς τ. πλοῖον, Mk 4:37; metaph., to put one's mind upon (but v. Field, Notes, 41 ff.), ἐπιβαλὼν ἔκλαιεν, when he thought thereon (sc. τ. ῥήματι ), he wept (EV, txt.; R, mg., he began to weep; cf. M, Pr., 131): Mk 14:72 (v. also Swete, in l); to fall to one's share: τὸ ἐπιβάλλον (sc. dat.; Hdt., a1., a technical formula freq. in π.; Deiss., BS, 230, LAE, 152), Lk 15:12.†Scroll for more

← Back to Numbers 16:41

← Back to Joshua 10:4

← Back to 2 Samuel 7:7

← Back to 2 Kings 6:26

← Back to Nehemiah 13:7

← Back to Jeremiah 12:6

← Back to Ezekiel 44:1

← Back to Ezekiel 44:7

← Back to Matthew 5:17

← Back to Matthew 22:34

← Back to Matthew 27:23

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:26

← Back to Philippians 1:12

Acts 21:28

28crying out Men of Israel help This is the man that teacheth all men everywhere against the people and the law and this place and moreover he brought Greeks also into the temple and hath defiled this holy place

Word By Word, In Greek Order1crying out | 2Men | 3of Israel | 4help | 5This | 6is | 7the | 8man | 9— | 10against | 11the | 12people | 13and | 14the | 15law | 16and | 17— | 18place | 19this | 20all men | 21everywhere | 22that teacheth | 23moreover | 24— | 25and … also | 26Greeks | 27he brought | 28into | 29the | 30temple | 31and | 32hath defiled | 33— | 34holy | 35place | 36this

Related verses (8)

crying out

Men

of Israel

help

This

the

man

The ASV does not translate this word.

against

the

people

and

the

law

and

The ASV does not translate this word.

place

this

all men

everywhere

that teacheth

moreover

The ASV does not translate this word.

and … also

Greeks

he brought

into

the

temple

and

hath defiled

The ASV does not translate this word.

holy

place

this

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

Card 32

Card 33

Card 34

Card 35

Card 36

κράζοντεςKRAH-zohn-tes

ἌνδρεςAHN-dres

Ἰσραηλῖταιees-rah-ay-LEE-tai

βοηθεῖτεboh-ay-THAY-teh

οὗτόςHOO-tohs

ἐστινeh-steen

ὁhoh

ἄνθρωποςAHN-throh-pohs

ὁhoh

κατὰkah-TAH

τοῦtoo

λαοῦlah-OO

καὶkai

τοῦtoo

νόμουNOH-moo

καὶkai

τοῦtoo

τόπουTOH-poo

τούτουTOO-too

πάνταςPAHN-tahs

πανταχῇpahn-tah-CHAY

διδάσκωνdee-DAH-skohn

ἔτιEH-tee

τεteh

καὶkai

ἝλληναςHEH-lay-nahs

εἰσήγαγενay-SAY-gah-gen

εἰςays

τὸtoh

ἱερὸνhee-eh-ROHN

καὶkai

κεκοίνωκενkeh-KOY-noh-ken

τὸνtohn

ἅγιονHAH-gee-ohn

τόπονTOH-pohn

τοῦτονTOO-tohn

The Pieces

κράζοντεςGreek verb

ἌνδρεςGreek noun, masculine

Ἰσραηλῖταιname of a people descended from a person

βοηθεῖτεGreek verb

οὗτόςGreek demonstrative pronoun

ἐστινGreek verb

ὁGreek article

ἄνθρωποςGreek noun, masculine

ὁGreek article

κατὰGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

λαοῦGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

τοῦGreek article

νόμουGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

τοῦGreek article

τόπουGreek noun, masculine

τούτουGreek demonstrative pronoun

πάνταςGreek adjective

πανταχῇGreek adverb

διδάσκωνGreek verb

ἔτιGreek adverb

τεGreek conjunction

καὶGreek conjunction

Ἕλληναςname of a people of a place

εἰσήγαγενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

ἱερὸνGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

κεκοίνωκενGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

ἅγιονGreek adjective

τόπονGreek noun, masculine

τοῦτονGreek demonstrative pronoun

What It Can Mean

to cryI cry aloud, shriek.κράζω, [in LXX for זעק, צעק, קרא, etc.;] in cl. chiefly poët., prop. onomatop., of the raven, to croak, hence generally, of inartic. cries, to scream, cry out (Æsch., al.): Mk 5:5 9:26 15:39 (Rec., R, mg.), Lk 9:39, al.; of crying for vengeance (cf. Ge 4:10 ), Ja 5:4. to cry, call out with a loud voice: c. acc. rei, Ac 19:32; seq. orat. dir., Mk 10:48, Lk 18:39, al.; ( ἐν ) φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, Mk 5:7, Re 14:15, al.; λέγων, Mt 8:29, al.; of public teaching, Jo 1:15, Ro 9:27, al.; of importunate prayer (cf. Jb 35:12, Ps 3:5, al.), Ro 8:15, Ga 4:6; pf. with pres. sense (vernac.; M, Pr., 147), Jo 1:15. SYN.: v.s. βοάω.Scroll for more

IsraeliteAn Israelite, one of the chosen people of Israel, a Jew.Ἰσραηλείτης (Rec. -λίτης ), ου, ὁ, [in LXX: Nu 25:8 ( יִשְׂרָאֵל ), III Ki 20 (21):1 ( יִזְרְעֵאלִי; Luc. Ἰεζραηλίτης ), etc.;] an Israelite, the name expressive of theocratic privilege (v.s. Ἑβραῖος ): Ro 9:4 11:1, II Co 11:22; ἀληθῶς Ἰ., Jo 1:48; ἄνδρες Ἰ., Ac 2:22 3:12 5:35 13:16 21:28.†Scroll for more

to helpI come to the rescue of, come to help, help.βοηθέω, -ῶ (< βοή + θέω, to run ), [in LXX chiefly for עזר;] to come to aid, to help, succour: absol., Ac 21:28; c dat., Mt 15:25, Mk 9:22, 24 Ac 16:9, II Co 6:2 (LXX), He 2:18, Re 12:16.†Scroll for more

a humanA man, one of the human race.ἄνθρωπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אָדָם, אִישׁ, also for אֱנוֹשׁ, etc.;] man: generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. homo ): Jo 16:21; c. art., Mt 4:4 12:35, Mk 2:27, Jo 2:25, Ro 7:1, al; disting. from God, Mt 19:6, Jo 10:33, Col 3:23, al.; from animals, etc., Mt 4:19, Lk 5:10, Re 9:4, al.; implying human frailty and imperfection, I Co 3:4; σοφία ἀνθρώπων, I Co 2:5; ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαι, I Pe 4:2; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖν, I Co 3:3; κατὰ ἄ. λέγειν ( λαλεῖν ), Ro 3:5, I Co 9:8; κατὰ ἄ- λέγειν, Ga 3:15 (cf. I Co 15:32, Ga 1:11 ); by meton., of man's nature or condition, ὁ ἔσω ( ἔξω ) ἄ., Ro 7:22, Eph 3:16, II Co 4:16 (cf. I Pe 3:4 ); ὁ παλαιὸς, καινὸς, νέος ἄ., Ro 6:6, Eph 2:15 4:22, 24, Col 3:9, 10; joined with another subst., ἄ. ἔμπορος, a merchant, Mt 13:45 (WH, txt. om. ἄ. ); οἰκοδεσπότης, Mt 13:52; βασιλεύς, 18:23; φάγος, 11:19; with name of nation, Κυρηναῖος, Mt 27:32; Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 21:39; Ῥωμαῖος, Ac 16:37; pl. οἱ ἄ., men, people: Mt 5:13, 16, Mk 8:24, Jo 4:28; οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων, Mk 11:2, I Ti 6:16. Indef., ἄ. = τις, some one, a man: Mt 17:14, Mk 12:1, al.; τις ἄ., Mt 18:12, Jo 5:5, al.; indef. one (Fr. on ), Ro 3:28, Ga 2:16, al.; opp. to women, servants, etc., Mt 10:36 19:10, Jo 7:22, 23. Definitely, c. art., of some particular person; Mt 12:13, Mk 3:5, al.; οὗτος ὁ ἄ., Lk 14:30; ὁ ἄ οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, Mk 14:71, Mt 12:45; ὁ ἄ. τ. ἀνομίας, II Th 2:3; ἄ τ. θεοῦ (of Heb. אֱלֹהִים אִישׁ ), I Ti 6:11, II Ti 3:17, II Pe 1:21; ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ., v.s. υἱός. SYN.: ἀνήρ, q.v. (and cf. MM, VGT, 44; Cremer, 103, 635).Scroll for more

a people(a) a people, characteristically of God's chosen people, first the Jews, then the Christians, (b) sometimes, but rarely, the people, the crowd.λαός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX very freq. for עַם, Ge 14:16, al.; occasionally for לְאֹם ( Ge 25:23, al.), etc.;] a word rarely found in Att. prose; the people at large (Hom., al.), esp. of people assembled: Mt 27:25, Lk 1:21 3:15 al.; pl. (Hom., al., π.; v. MM, xvi), Ac 4:27. a people, those of the same race and language (Pind., Æsch., al.: in LXX, Ge 26:11, Ex 9:16, al.): joined with γλῶσσα, φυλή, ἔθνος, Re 5:9 7:9 11:9, al.; pl., Lk 2:31, Ro 15:11; esp. as almost always in LXX, of Israel, Mt 4:23, Mk 7:6, Lk 2:10, Jo 11:50, He 2:17, al.; opp. to τ. ἔθνη, Ac 26:17, 23, Ro 15:10; οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ( πρῶτοι, etc.) τοῦ λ., Mt 21:23, Lk 19:17, Ac 4:8, al.; ὁ λ. μου ( αὐτοῦ, τ. θεοῦ ), Mt 2:6, Lk 1:68, He 11:25, al.; of the people disting. from the rulers and priests ( I Es 1:10, Jth 8:9, al.), Mt 26:5, Lk 20:19, He 5:3, al.; of Christians, as the people of God, Ac 15:14, Ro 9:25, 26, He 4:9; περιούσιος, Tit 2:14; εἰς περιποίησιν, I Pe 2:9 (LXX). SYN.: v.s. δῆμος.Scroll for more

placeA place, region, seat; an opportunity.τόπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מָקֹום;] place: Lk 4:37 10:1, 32, Jo 5:13 6:10, Ac 12:17, I Co 1:2, al.; τ. ἅγιος (cf. Is 60:13 ), Mt 24:15; ἔρημος, Mt 14:13, al.; πεδινός, Lk 6:17; ἄνυδρος (pl.), Mt 12:43, Lk 11:24; κατὰ τόπους (EV, in divers places ), Mt 24:7, Mk 13:8; τραχεῖς τ., Ac 27:29; τ. διθάλασσος (q.v.), ib. 41; ἑτοιμάζειν τ., Jo 14:2, 3; ἔχειν, Re 12:6; διδόναι, Lk 14:9; c. gen. defin., τ. βασάνου, Lk 16:28; τ. καταπαύσεως, Ac 7:49; κρανίου, Mt 27:33, Mk 15:22, Jo 19:17; seq. οὗ, Ro 9:26; ὅπου, Mt 28:6, Mk 16:6, Jo 4:20 6:23 10:40 11:30 19:41; ἐν ᾧ, Jo 11:6; ἐφ’ ᾧ, Ac 7:33; of a place which a person or thing occupies, Re 2:5 6:14 12:8; τ. μαχαίρας, Mt 26:52; ὁ ἴδιος τ., Ac 1:25; of a place in a book, Lk 4:17 (cf. Clem. Rom., I Co., 8, 4). Metaph., of condition, station, occasion, opportunity or power: Ac 25:16, Ro 12:19 15:23, Eph 4:27 (cf. Si 38:12 ). SYN.: χώρα (extensive), region; χωρίον (enclosed), a piece of ground. τ. is "a portion of space viewed in reference to its occupancy, or as appropriated to a thing " (Grimm-Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

of thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

everywhereEverywhere, in all places.πανταχοῦ, adv., [in LXX: Is 42:22 ( כֻּלָּם )*;] everywhere: Mk 1:28 16:20, Lk 9:6, Ac 17:30 24:3 28:22, I Co 4:17.†Scroll for more

still(a) of time: still, yet, even now, (b) of degree: even, further, more, in addition.ἔτι adv., yet, as yet, still; of time; of the present (adhuc): Mk 5:35, I Co 3:3 15:17, Ga 1:10, al.; of the past, mostly c. impf.: Mt 12:46, Lk 8:49 15:20, Jo 20:1, Ac 9:1, Ro 5:6, 8, II Th 2:5, He 7:10 9:8, al.; of the future: Lk 1:15, II Co 1:10; with a neg.: Mt 5:13, Lk 16:2 20:36, He 10:2, Re 3:12 20:3, al. Of degree, even, yet, still, further: c. compar., Phl 1:9, He 7:15; of what remains, Mk 12:6, Jo 4:35 7:33, al.; of what is added, Mt 18:16 26:65, He 11:32 12:26, 27; of continuance apart from the idea of time, Ro 3:7 6:2 9:19, Ga 5:11; ἔτι δἐ, Ac 2:26 (LXX), He 11:36; ἔτι τε καί, Lk 14:26, Ac 21:28Scroll for more

Greek, GentileA Hellene, the native word for a Greek; it is, however, a term wide enough to include all Greek-speaking (i.e. educated) non-Jews.Ἕλλην, -ηνος, ὁ [in LXX: Jl 3:6, Za 9:13 ( יָוָן ), etc.; I Mac 1:10, al. *;] a Greek; opp. to βάρβαρος, Ro 1:14; usually in ΝΤ of Greek Gentiles, opp. to Ἰουδαῖοι: Jo 7:35, Ac 11:20 14:1 16:1, 3 18:4 19:10, 17 20:21 21:28, Ro 1:16 2:9, 10 3:9 10:12, I Co 1:22, 24 10:32 12:13, Ga 2:3 3:28, Col 3:11; of proselytes, Jo 12:20, Ac 17:4.†Scroll for more

to bring inI lead in, bring in, introduce.εἰσ-άγω [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא, hi.;] to bring in: c. acc, Lk 2:27, Jo 18:16, Ac 7:45; seq. εἰς, Lk 22:54, Ac 9:8 21:28, 29, 37 22:24, He 1:6; ὧδε, Lk 14:21.†Scroll for more

templeA temple, either the whole building, or specifically the outer courts, open to worshippers.ἱερόν, -οῦ τό, v.s. ἱερός.Scroll for more

to profaneI make unclean, pollute, desecrate, mid: I regard (treat) as unclean.κοινόω, -ῶ, [in LXX: IV Mac 7:6 א R*;] in cl., to make common. In LXX, IV Mac 7:6, and NT (as κοινός, 2), to make ceremonially unclean, to profane (= cl., βεληλόω ): Mt 15:11, 18, 20, Mk 7:15, 18, 20, 23, Ac 21:28; pass., He 9:13. to count unclean (cf. δικαιόω ): Ac 10:15 11:9.† SYN.: βεβηλόω. Thayer (s.v. κ. ) mentions that Winer notes the accuracy whereby the Jews are said to use κ. in addressing Jews, Ac 21:28, and β. when speaking to Felix, 24:6 (Cremer, 362).Scroll for more

this

← Back to Acts 20:4

← Back to 2 Timothy 4:20

Acts 21:29

29For they had before seen with him in the city Trophimus the Ephesian whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple

Related verses (2)

Acts 20:4 | 2 Timothy 4:20

they had

For

before seen

Trophimus

the

Ephesian

the

city

with

him

whom

they supposed

that

into

the

temple

had brought

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

ἦσανAY-sahn

γὰρgahr

προεωρακότεςproh-eh-oh-rah-KOH-tes

ΤρόφιμονTROH-fee-mohn

τὸνtohn

Ἐφέσιονeh-FEH-see-ohn

ἐνen

τῇtay

πόλειPOH-lay

σὺνsoon

αὐτῷow-TOH

ὃνhohn

ἐνόμιζονeh-NOH-mee-zohn

ὅτιHOH-tee

εἰςays

τὸtoh

ἱερὸνhee-eh-ROHN

εἰσήγαγενay-SAY-gah-gen

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

The Pieces

ἦσανGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

προεωρακότεςGreek verb

Τρόφιμονname of a person

τὸνGreek article

ἘφέσιονGreek adjective

ἐνGreek preposition

τῇGreek article

πόλειGreek noun, feminine

σὺνGreek preposition

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

ὃνGreek relative pronoun

ἐνόμιζονGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

ἱερὸνGreek noun, neuter

εἰσήγαγενGreek verb

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

What It Can Mean

to foreseeI see beforehand, foresee, see previously, am mindful of; mid: I pay regard to, set before me.προ-οράω, -ῶ, [in LXX: Ps 15 (16):8 ) ( שׁוה pi.), I Es 5:63 A*;] to see before (as to place or time): c. acc., Ac 21:29. Mid., c. acc., seq. ἐνώπιόν μου, Ac 2:25 (LXX).†Scroll for more

TrophimusTrophimus, a Christian of Ephesus in Asia.Τρόφιμος, -ου, ὁ Trophimus: Ac 20:4 21:29, II Ti 4:20.†Scroll for more

EphesianEphesian, of Ephesus.Ἐφέσιος, -α, -ον Ephesian: Ac 18:27 19:28, 34, 35 21:29.†Scroll for more

to thinkI practice, hold by custom; I deem, think, consider, suppose.** νομίζω (< νόμος ), [in LXX: Wi 13:2 17:3, Si 29:4, II Mac 4, IV Mac 8 *;] to practise, hold by custom: Ac 16:13 (Rec., but v. infr.). to deem, consider, suppose: Mt 5:17 10:34 20:10, Lk 2:44 3:23, Ac 7:25 8:20 14:19 16:13, 27 17:29 21:29, I Co 7:26, 36, I Ti 6:5.† SYN.: ἡγέομαι, q.v.Scroll for more

templeA temple, either the whole building, or specifically the outer courts, open to worshippers.ἱερόν, -οῦ τό, v.s. ἱερός.Scroll for more

← Back to Nehemiah 6:10

← Back to Psalms 18:4

← Back to Psalms 83:2

← Back to Jeremiah 26:9

← Back to Ephesians 4:31

Acts 21:30

30And all the city was moved and the people ran together and they laid hold on Paul and dragged him out of the temple and straightway the doors were shut

Word By Word, In Greek Order1was moved | 2And | 3the | 4city | 5all | 6and | 7— | 8ran together | 9the | 10people | 11and | 12they laid hold | 13— | 14on Paul | 15and dragged | 16him | 17out | 18of the | 19temple | 20and | 21straightway | 22were shut | 23the | 24doors

Related verses (9)

was moved

And

the

city

all

and

The ASV does not translate this word.

ran together

the

people

and

they laid hold

The ASV does not translate this word.

on Paul

and dragged

him

out

of the

temple

and

straightway

were shut

the

doors

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

ἐκινήθηeh-kee-NAY-thay

τεteh

ἡhay

πόλιςPOH-lees

ὅληHOH-lay

καὶkai

ἐγένετοeh-GEH-neh-toh

συνδρομὴsoon-droh-MAY

τοῦtoo

λαοῦlah-OO

καὶkai

ἐπιλαβόμενοιeh-pee-lah-BOH-meh-noy

τοῦtoo

ΠαύλουPOW-loo

εἷλκονHAYL-kohn

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ἔξωEH-ksoh

τοῦtoo

ἱεροῦhee-eh-ROO

καὶkai

εὐθέωςyoo-THEH-ohs

ἐκλείσθησανeh-KLAY-sthay-sahn

αἱhai

θύραιTHOO-rai

The Pieces

ἐκινήθηGreek verb

τεGreek conjunction

ἡGreek article

πόλιςGreek noun, feminine

ὅληGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐγένετοGreek verb

συνδρομὴGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

λαοῦGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐπιλαβόμενοιGreek verb

τοῦGreek article

Παύλουname of a person

εἷλκονGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ἔξωGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

ἱεροῦGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

εὐθέωςGreek adverb

ἐκλείσθησανGreek verb

αἱGreek article

θύραιGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

to moveI set in motion, move, remove, excite, stir up.κινέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for נוּעַ hi., רמשׂ, etc.;] to set in motion, move: Mt 23:4; τ. κεφαλήν ( Ps 21 (22):8, al.), Mt 27:39, Mk 15:29; pass. (cf. Ge 7:21 ), Ac 17:28. to remove: Re 2:5 6:14. to excite, stir up: Ac 24:5; pass., 21:30 (cf. μετα-, συν-κινέω ).†Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, entire, complete.ὅλος, -η, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] of persons and things, whole, entire, complete; of indefinite ideas, c. subst. anarth.: Lk 5:5, Ac 11:26 28:30, Tit 1:11; ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ( an entire man; v. Field, Notes, 93), Jo 7:23; ὅλη Ἰερουσαλήμ (= πᾶσα Ἰ, Mt 2:3; v. Bl., § 47, 9), Ac 21:31. Definite, c. art.; preceding subst.: Mt 4:23, 24, Lk 8:39, I Co 12:17, al.; following subst.: Mk 1:33, Lk 9:25, Jo 4:53, Ac 21:30, al.; between art. and subst., where subst. is an abstract noun (Plat., al.). Attached to adj. or verb: Mt 13:33, Lk 13:21, Jo 9:34, al.; adverbially, δι ̓ ὅλου (MM, xviii), Jo 19:23.Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

swarmingA running together, concourse, mob.** συνδρομή, -ῆς, ἡ (< συντρέχω ), [in LXX: Jth 10:18, III Mac 3:8 *;] a concourse, esp. of a riotous gathering: Ac 21:30 (Arist., Polyb., al.).†Scroll for more

to catchI lay hold of, take hold of, seize (sometimes with beneficent, sometimes with hostile, intent).ἐπι-λαμβάνω [in LXX for חָזַק hi., אָחַז, etc.;] always mid. in LXX and NT (v. Cremer, 758), to lay hold of: c. gen. pers., Mt 14:31, Ac 17:19 21:30, 33; c. acc pers. (not cl.), Lk 9:47 14:4 23:26 (WH, but v. Bl., 101 5 ), Ac 9:27 16:9 18:17; c. gen. rei, Mk 8:23, Ac 23:19, He 8:9 (LXX); c. gen. pers. et rei, Lk 20:20, 26; τ. αἰωνίου ( ὄντως ) ζωῆς, I Ti 6:12, 19. Metaph. (as in Si 4:11 ), He 2:16 (v. Westc., in l.).†Scroll for more

to draw/persuadeI drag, draw, pull, persuade, unsheathe.ἕλκω (Hellenistic form ἑλκύω in Jo, ll. c., Ac 16:19 ), [in LXX for מָשַׁךְ, etc.;] to draw: c. acc rei, Jo 18:10 21:6; c. acc pers., seq. ἔξω, Ac 21:30; εἰς, Ac 16:19, Ja 2:6. Metaph., to draw, lead, impel: Jo 6:44 12:32. (For discussion of ἕ. in Oxyrh. Log., v. Deiss., LAE, 437 ff.)†Scroll for more

immediatelyImmediately, soon, at once.εὐθέως adv. (< εὐθύς ), [in LXX: Jb 5:3 ( פִּתְאֹם ), Wi 5:12, I Mac 11:12, al.;] straightway, at once, directly: Ga 1:16, Ja 1:24, III Jn 14 (cf. Dalman, Words, 28 f.), Re 4:2, and freq. in Mt, Lk, Jo, Ac (in Mk, εὐθύς ), q.v.)Scroll for more

to shutI shut, shut up.κλείω, [in LXX chiefly for סגר;] to shut: θύραν, Mt 6:6; τ. ἄβυσσον, Re 20:3; pass., θύρα, Mt 25:10, Lk 11:7 (pl.), Jo 20:19, 26, Ac 21:30; δεσμωτήριον, Ac 5:23; πυλῶνες, Re 21:25. Metaph., τ. οὐρανόν, Lk 4:25, Ro 11:6; τ. σπλάγχνα, I Jn 3:17; τ. βασιλείαν, Mt 23:14; id. absol., Re 3:7; τ. θύραν, Re 3:8. (Cf. ἀπο-, ἐκ-, κατα-, συν-κλείω.)†Scroll for more

door(a) a door, (b) met: an opportunity.θύρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for פֶּתַח, also for דַּל, דֶּלֶת, etc.;] a door: κλείειν ( ἀποκ- ) τὴν θ., Mt 6:6, Lk 13:25; pass., Mt 25:10, Lk 11:7, Jo 20:19, 26, Ac 21:30; ἀνοίγειν, Ac 5:19; pass., Ac 16:26, 27; κρούειν, Ac 12:13; διὰ τῆς θ., Jo 10:1, 2; πρὸς τὴν θ., Mk 1:33 11:4 (WH om. τήν ), Ac 3:2; τὰ πρὸς τὴν θ., the space by the door, Mk 2:2; πρὸς τῇ θ., Jo 18:16; ἐπὶ τῇ θ, Ac 5:9; πρὸ τῆς θ., Ac 12:6; ἐπὶ τῶν θ., Ac 5:23; ἡ θ. τ. μνημείου, Mt 27:60, Mk 15:46 16:3. Metaph., of Christ, ἡ θ. τ. προβάτων, Jo 10:7, 9; of the Kingdom of Heaven, Lk 13:24; of opportunities, θ. πίστεως, Ac 14:27; θ. μεγάλη, I Co 16:9; θ. τ. λόγου, Col 4:3; θ. ἀνεῳγμένη ( ἠνεῳγ- ), II Co 2:12, Re 3:8 4:1; of Christ, ἑστηκὼς ἐπὶ τὴν θ. καὶ κρούων, Re 3:20; of his second coming, ἐπὶ θύραις εἶναι, Mt 24:33, Mk 13:29; πρὸ θυρῶν ἑστηκέναι, Ja 5:9.†Scroll for more

← Back to 1 Kings 1:41

← Back to Proverbs 24:11

← Back to Matthew 24:9

Acts 21:31

31And as they were seeking to kill him tidings came up to the chief captain of the band that all Jerusalem was in confusion

Related verses (13)

as they were seeking

And

him

to kill

came up

tidings

to the

chief captain

of the

band

that

all

was in confusion

Jerusalem

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

ζητούντωνzay-TOON-tohn

τεteh

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ἀποκτεῖναιah-poh-KTAY-nai

ἀνέβηah-NEH-bay

φάσιςFAH-sees

τῷtoh

χιλιάρχῳchee-lee-AHR-choh

τῆςtays

σπείρηςSPAY-rays

ὅτιHOH-tee

ὅληHOH-lay

συγχύννεταιsoon-CHOO-neh-tai

Ἰερουσαλήμee-eh-roo-sah-LAYM

The Pieces

ζητούντωνGreek verb

τεGreek conjunction

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ἀποκτεῖναιGreek verb

ἀνέβηGreek verb

φάσιςGreek noun, feminine

τῷGreek article

χιλιάρχῳGreek noun, masculine

τῆςGreek article

σπείρηςGreek noun, feminine

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ὅληGreek adjective

συγχύννεταιGreek verb

Ἰερουσαλήμname of a place

What It Can Mean

to seekI seek, search for, desire, require, demand.ζητέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for בּקשׁ pi., also for דּרשׁ, etc.;] to seek, seek for: Mt 7:7, 8, Lk 11:9, 10; c. acc. pers., Mk 1:37, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:24, al.; id. seq. ἐν, Ac 9:11; c. acc. rei, Mt 13:45, Lk 19:10; seq. ἐν, Lk 13:6, 7; ψυχήν, of plotting against one's life ( Ex 4:19, al.), Mt 2:20, Ro 11:3 (LXX). Metaph., to seek by thinking, search after, inquire into: Mk 11:18, Lk 12:28, Jo 16:19; τ. θεόν, Ac 17:27. to seek or strive after, desire: Mt 12:46, Mk 12:12, Lk 9:9, Jo 5:18, Ro 10:3, al.; τ. θάνατον, Re 9:6; τ. βασιλείαν τ. θεοῦ, Mt 6:33 (Dalman, Words, 121 f.); τὰ ἄνω, Col 3:1; εἰρήνην, I Pe 3:11 (LXX). to require, demand: c. acc. rei, Mk 8:12, Lk 11:29, I Co 1:22, II Co 13:3; seq. παρά, Mk 8:11, al.; ἵνα, I Co 4:2 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, συν-ζητέω ).Scroll for more

to killI put to death, kill; fig: I abolish.ἀπο-κτείνω (also in late forms -κτέννω, Mt 10:28, a1., LTTr., -κτεννύω, Mk 12:5, WH), [in LXX for הרג, מוּת;] to kill: Mt 14:5, al.; seq. instr. ἐν (q.v.), Eph 2:16, Re 2:23, al. Metaph.: Ro 7:11; τ. ἔχθραν, Eph 2:16; τὸ γράμμα ἀποκτείνει, II Co 3:6 (on the perfective force of this verb, v. M, Pr., 114).Scroll for more

newsReport, tidings, information.φάσις, -εως, ἡ (< φαίνω ), [in LXX: II Es 4:17, Da TH Su:55, IV Mac 15:25 א 1 *;] information, esp. against fraud or other crime: Ac 21:31.†Scroll for more

military officerA commander of a thousand men, a military tribune.χιλίαρχος (in Hdt., al., -ης ), -ου, ὁ (< χίλιοι, ἄρχω ) [in LXX chiefly for אֶלֶף שַׂר;] a chiliarch, the commander of a thousand, esp. a Roman military tribune, the commander of a cohort: Jo 18:12, Ac 21:31-33, 37 22:24-29 23:10, 15, 17-19, 22 24:7, 22 25:23; more generally, of officers of similar rank, Mk 6:21, Re 6:15 19:18 (v., DB, i, 352 b; DCG, i, 271 a, 307 a ).†Scroll for more

bandA cohort, the tenth part of a legion; a military guard.** σπείρα, -ης (on this form of gen., v. M, Pr., 38, 48; Bl., § 7, 1; Mayser, 12; Deiss., BS, 186), [in LXX: Jth 14:11, II Mac 8:23 Mac 12:20, 22 *;] (= Lat. spira ) anything or rolled up, a coil. As a military term used (by Polyb. and later writers) of a body of soldiers, a maniple (third part of a cohort) or cohort (v. Swete, Mk., 375; Westc., Jo., 251 f.): Mt 27:27, Mk 15:16, Jo 18:3, 12, Ac 10:1 21:31 27:1.†Scroll for more

Jerusalem(Aramaic form), Jerusalem, the capital of Palestine: hence Judaism, and allegorically, Christendom, the Christian Church.Ἱερουσαλήμ, v.s. Ἱεροσόλυμα.Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 27:54

← Back to Acts 27:1

← Back to 2 Timothy 3:11

Acts 21:32

32And forthwith he took soldiers and centurions and ran down upon them and they when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers left off beating Paul

Related verses (6)

And … he

forthwith

took

soldiers

and

centurions

and ran down

upon

them

they

and

when they saw

the

chief captain

and

the

soldiers

left off

beating

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

ὃςhohs

ἐξαυτῆςeh-ksow-TAYS

παραλαβὼνpah-rah-lah-BOHN

στρατιώταςstrah-tee-OH-tahs

καὶkai

ἑκατοντάρχαςheh-kah-tohn-TAHR-chahs

κατέδραμενkah-TEH-drah-men

ἐπep

αὐτούςow-TOOS

οἱhoy

δὲdeh

ἰδόντεςee-DOHN-tes

τὸνtohn

χιλίαρχονchee-LEE-ahr-chohn

καὶkai

τοὺςtoos

στρατιώταςstrah-tee-OH-tahs

ἐπαύσαντοeh-POW-sahn-toh

τύπτοντεςTOO-ptohn-tes

τὸνtohn

ΠαῦλονPOW-lohn

The Pieces

ὃςGreek relative pronoun

ἐξαυτῆςGreek adverb

παραλαβὼνGreek verb

στρατιώταςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἑκατοντάρχαςGreek noun, masculine

κατέδραμενGreek verb

ἐπGreek preposition

αὐτούςGreek reflexive pronoun

οἱGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

ἰδόντες

τὸνGreek article

χιλίαρχονGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

τοὺςGreek article

στρατιώταςGreek noun, masculine

ἐπαύσαντοGreek verb

τύπτοντεςGreek verb

τὸνGreek article

Παῦλονname of a person

What It Can Mean

immediatelyImmediately, instantly, at once.* ἐξ-αυτῆς (a κοινή word, = ἐξ αὐτῆς τ. ὥρας ) at once, forthwith: Mk 6:25, Ac 10:33 11:11 21:32 23:30, Phl 2:23.†Scroll for more

soldierA soldier.στρατιώτης, -ου, ὁ [in LXX; II Ki 23:8 B 1, II Mac 5:12 14:39, III Mac 3:12; IV Mac 3 *;] a soldier: Mt 8:9, Mk 15:16, Jo 19:2, Ac 10:7, al.; metaph., σ. Χριστοῦ Ἰησ., II Ti 2:3.†Scroll for more

centurionA centurion of the Roman army.ἑκατοντάρχης ( -άρχος, Mt 8:5, 8 27:54, Lk 7:2, Ac 22:25 28:16; cf. M, Pr., 48); -ου (< ἑκατόν, ἄρχω,), [in LXX for מֵאָה שַׂר;] a centurion: Mt 8:13, Lk 7:6 23:47, Ac 10:1, 22 21:32 22:26 23:17, 23 24:23 27:1, 6, 11, 31, 43 (cf. κεντυρίως ).†Scroll for more

to rush downI run down.κατα-τρέχω, [in LXX: Le 26:37, Jg 1:6 ( רדף ), al.;] to run down: seq. ἐπί, c. acc. pers., Ac 21:32.†Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

to seeI see, look upon, experience, perceive, discern, beware.ὁράω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for חזה, etc.;] in "durative" sense (hence aor. act., εἶδον, pass., ὤφθην, fut., ὄψομαι, from different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in colloq. even the pres. is rare, its place being generally taken by βλέτω, θεωρέω, v. Bl., § 24). Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 6:38, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:46, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:16, al.; c. acc., Mt 2:2, Mk 1:10 16:7, Ga 1:19, al.; θεόν, Jo 1:18, I Jo 4:20, al. to see with the mind, perceive, discern: absol, Ro 15:21; c. acc. rei., Mt 9:2 27:54, Ac 8:23, Col 2:18, al. to see, take heed, beware: ὅρα μή, c. aor. subjc., Mt 8:4 18:10, Mk 1:44, I Th 5:15; id., sc. μὴ ποήσῃς, Re 19:10 22:9 (Bl., § 81, 1); seq. imperat. Mt 9:30 16:6, Mk 8:15. to experience: τ. θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; ζωήν, Jo 3:36; τ. διαφθοράν, Ac 2:27. to visit: c. acc. pers., Lk 8:20, Jo 12:21, Ro 1:11, al.; c. acc. loc., Ac 19:21. to see to, care for: Mt 27:4, Ac 18:15 (cf. ἀφ-, καθ-, προ-, συν-οράω ). SYN.: v.s. βλέπω.Scroll for more

to cease(a) act: I cause to cease, restrain, hinder, (b) mid: I cease, stop, leave off.παύω, [in LXX for כּלה pi., etc.;] to make to cease, restrain, hinder: c. acc. rei, seq. ἀπό, I Pe 3:10 (LXX). Mid., to cease, leave off: Lk 8:24 11:1, Ac 20:1, I Co 13:8; c. ptcp., Lk 5:4, Ac 5:42 6:13 13:10 20:31 21:32, Eph 1:16, Col 1:9, He 10:2; c. gen., ἀμαρτίας, I Pe 4:1 (WH, mg., R, txt.); c. dat., I Pe 4:1 (WH, txt., R, mg.).†Scroll for more

to strikeI beat, strike, wound, inflict punishment.τύπτω [in LXX chiefly for נכה hi.;] to strike, smite, beat: c. acc, Mt 24:49, Mk 15:19, Lk 12:45, Ac 18:17 21:32 23:2, 3; of mourners, τὰ στήθη, Lk 18:13 23:48; ἐπὶ τ. σιαγόνα, Lk 6:29; εἰς τ. κεφαλήν, Mt 27:30. Metaph., of God inflicting evil: Ac 23:3 (cf. Ex 8:2, Ez 7:9, al.); of disquieting conscience, I Co 8:12.†Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 27:2

← Back to Acts 12:6

← Back to Acts 21:11

← Back to Acts 28:17

← Back to Ephesians 3:1

← Back to Hebrews 10:34

← Back to Hebrews 11:36

Acts 21:33

33Then the chief captain came near and laid hold on him and commanded him to be bound with two chains and inquired who he was and what he had done

Related verses (11)

Then

came near

the

chief captain

and laid hold

on him

and

commanded him

to be bound

with … chains

two

and

inquired

who

he was

and

what

he had

done

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

τότεTOH-teh

ἐγγίσαςen-GEE-sahs

ὁhoh

χιλίαρχοςchee-LEE-ahr-chohs

ἐπελάβετοeh-peh-LAH-beh-toh

αὐτοῦow-TOO

καὶkai

ἐκέλευσεeh-KEH-lyoo-seh

δεθῆναιdeh-THAY-nai

ἁλύσεσιhah-LOO-seh-see

δυσίdoo-SEE

καὶkai

ἐπυνθάνετοeh-poon-THAH-neh-toh

τίςtees

εἴηAY-ay

καὶkai

τίtee

ἐστινeh-steen

πεποιηκώςpeh-poy-ay-KOHS

The Pieces

τότεGreek adverb

ἐγγίσαςGreek verb

ὁGreek article

χιλίαρχοςGreek noun, masculine

ἐπελάβετοGreek verb

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐκέλευσεGreek verb

δεθῆναιGreek verb

ἁλύσεσιGreek noun, feminine

δυσίGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐπυνθάνετοGreek verb

τίςGreek interrogative pronoun

εἴηGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

τίGreek interrogative pronoun

ἐστινGreek verb

πεποιηκώςGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to come nearTrans: I bring near; intrans: I come near, approach.ἐγγίζω (< ἐγγύς ). [in LXX for נגשׁ, קרב, etc.;] trans., to bring near: Ge 48:10, Is 5:8. Intrans., to come near: absol., Mt 26:46, Mk 14:42, Lk 18:40 19:41 21:20, 28 24:15, Ac 21:33 23:15; c. adv., ὅπου, Lk 12:33; c. dat., Lk 7:12 15:1, 25 22:47, Ac 9:3 10:9 22:6; τ. θεῷ, He 7:19, Ja 4:8; seq. εἰς, Mt 21:1, Mk 11:1, Lk 18:35 19:29 24:28; πρός, c. dat., Lk 19:37; μέχρι θανάτου, Phl 2:30; of time, ὥρα, Mt 26:45; ἡμέρα, Ro 13:12, He 10:25; καιρός, Mt 21:34, Lk 21:8; χρόνος, Ac 7:17; ἑορτή, Lk 22:1; παρουσία, Ja 5:8; τέλος, I Pe 4:7; ἐρήμωσις, Lk 21:20; ἀπολύτρωσις, Lk 21:28; ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία (for similar expressions in Targ., v. Dalman, 106), Mt 3:2 4:17 10:7, Mk 1:15, Lk 10:9 ( ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ) 10:11 (cf. προσ-εγγίζω ), and v. Cremer, 224).†Scroll for more

to orderI command, order, direct, bid.** κελεύω, [in LXX: I Es 9:53, To 8:18, al., and freq. in I-IV Mac;] to urge on, bid by word of mouth, order, command (mostly of one in authority): c. acc. et. inf. aor., Mt 14:19, 28 18:25 27:64, Lk 18:40, Ac 4:15 5:34 8:38 22:30 23:10 25:6, 17; with ellipse of acc., Mt 8:18 14:9 27:58, Ac 12:19 21:33; c. acc. et. inf. Pres., Ac 21:34 22:24 23:3, 35 25:21 27:43; with ellipse of acc., Ac 16:22; ptcp. aor., Ac 25:23.† SYN.: v.s. ἐντέλλω.Scroll for more

chainA (light) chain, bond.** ἅλυσις, -εως, ἡ, [in LXX: Wi 17:17 *;] a chain, bond: Mk 5:3, 4, Lk 8:29, Ac 12:6, 7 21:33 28:20, Eph 6:20, II Ti 1:16, Re 20:1.†Scroll for more

twoTwo.δύο, numeral, indecl. exc. in dat., δυσί, δυσίν (Attic δυοῖν ), two: Mt 19:6, Mk 10:8, Jo 2:6, al.; with pl. noun, Mt 9:27 10:10, al.; οἱ, τῶν, τοὺς δ., Mt 19:5 20:24, Mk 10:8, Eph 2:15, al.; δ. ἐξ, Lk 24:13; distrib., ἀνὰ, κατὰ δ., two and two, two apiece: Lk 10:1 (WH, ἀνὰ δ. [δύο] ), Jo 2:6, I Co 14:27; δύο δύο (= ἀνὰ δ., as LXX, Ge 6:19 for שְׁנַיִם שְׁנַיִם, but not merely "Hebraism," cf. μυρία μυρία, Æsch., Pers., 981, and for usage in π. and MGr., v. M, Pr., 21, 97), Mk 6:7; εἰς δ. ( two and two, Xen., Cyr., 7, 5, 17), into two parts, Mt 27:51, Mk 15:38.Scroll for more

to inquireI ask, inquire, ascertain by inquiry, understand.πυνθάνομαι, [in LXX for דּרשׁ;] to inquire: c. acc. rei, Jo 4:42, Ac 23:20; seq. quæst. indir., Mt 2:4, Lk 15:26 18:36, Ac 10:18 21:33; quæst. dir., Ac 4:7 10:29 23:19; seq. παρά, c. gen. pers., Mt 2:4, Jo 4:52. to learn by inquiry: seq. ὅτι, Ac 23:34.†Scroll for more

may beεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 19:32

Acts 21:34

34And some shouted one thing some another among the crowd and when he could not know the certainty for the uproar he commanded him to be brought into the castle

Word By Word, In Greek Order1some | 2And | 3another | 4one thing | 5shouted | 6among | 7the | 8crowd | 9not | 10when … could | 11and | 12he | 13know | 14the | 15certainty | 16for | 17the | 18uproar | 19he commanded | 20to be brought | 21him | 22into | 23the | 24castle

Related verses (6)

some

And

another

one thing

shouted

among

the

crowd

not

when … could

and

know

the

certainty

for

the

uproar

he commanded

to be brought

him

into

the

castle

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

ἄλλοιAH-loy

δὲdeh

ἄλλοAH-loh

τιtee

ἐπεφώνουνeh-peh-FOH-noon

ἐνen

τῷtoh

ὄχλῳOH-chloh

μὴmay

δυναμένουdoo-nah-MEH-noo

δὲdeh

αὐτοῦow-TOO

γνῶναιGNOH-nai

τὸtoh

ἀσφαλὲςah-sfah-LES

διὰdee-AH

τὸνtohn

θόρυβονTHOH-roo-bohn

ἐκέλευσενeh-KEH-lyoo-sen

ἄγεσθαιAH-geh-sthai

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

παρεμβολήνpah-rem-boh-LAYN

The Pieces

ἄλλοιGreek adjective

δὲGreek conjunction

ἄλλοGreek adjective

τιGreek indefinite pronoun

ἐπεφώνουνGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῷGreek article

ὄχλῳGreek noun, masculine

μὴGreek negative particle

δυναμένουGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

γνῶναιGreek verb

τὸGreek article

ἀσφαλὲςGreek adjective

διὰGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

θόρυβονGreek noun, masculine

ἐκέλευσενGreek verb

ἄγεσθαιGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

παρεμβολήνGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

anotherOther, another (of more than two), different.ἄλλος, -η, -ο, (cf. Lat. alius, Eng. else ), [in LXX for אַחֵר,אֶחָד, etc.;] other, another: absol., Mt 20:3, al.; ἄ. δέ, I Co 3:10 12:8; pl., Mk 6:15; attached to a noun, Mt 2:12 4:21, al.; c. art., ὁ ἄ., the other, Mt 5:39, Jo 19:32 (Bl., §47, 8); οἱ ἄ., the others, the rest, Jo 20:25, I Co 14:29; ἄ. πρὸς ἄλλον = πρὸς ἀλλήλους (BL, §48, 10), Ac 2:12; ἄλλ’ (i.e. ἄλλο ) ἤ (Bl., §77, 13), Lk 12:51; seq. πλήν, Mk 12:32; εἰ μή, Jo 6:22; παρά c. acc., I Co 3:11. SYN.: ἕτερος, q.v. ἄ. denotes numerical, ἕ. qualitative difference (Cremer, 89). ἄ. generally "denotes simply distinction of individuals, ἕ. involves the secondary idea of difference in kind" (v. Lft., Meyer, Ramsay, on Ga 1:6, 7; Tr., Syn., §xcv; Bl., §51, 6; M, Pr., 79f., 246; MM, VGT, s.vv.). As to whether the distinction can be maintained in I Co 12:8, 10 v. ICC, in l., and on He 11:35 f., v. Westc, in l.Scroll for more

to shoutI call out, shout, clamor at.** ἐπι-φωνέω, -ῶ [in LXX: I Es 9:47 AR, II Mac 1:23, III Mac 7:13 *;] to call out, shout: c. acc rei, Ac 21:34; c. dat. pers., ib. 22:24; seq. λέγοντες, Lk 23:21; orat. rect., Ac 12:22.†Scroll for more

be able(a) I am powerful, have (the) power, (b) I am able, I can.δύναμαι, depon., [in LXX chiefly for יָכֹל;] to be able, have power, whether by personal ability, permission, or opportunity: c. inf. (M, Pr., 205; WM, § 44, 3) pres., Mt 6:24, Mk 2:7, Jo 3:2, I Co 10:21, al.; c. inf. aor., Mt 3:9, Mk 1:45, Jo 3:3, 4 Ro 8:39, al.; c. acc., to be able to do something: Mk 9:22, Lk 12:26; II Co 13:8; absol., to be able, capable, powerful: I Co 3:2 10:13.Scroll for more

secure(lit: unfailing), safe, reliable, trustworthy, certain, sure.ἀσφαλής, -ές (< ἀ- neg., σφάλλω, to trip up ), [in LXX for אשׁר pu., etc.;] certain, secure, safe: Ac 21:34 22:30 25:26, Phl 3:1, He 6:19 (MM, s.v.).†Scroll for more

commotion(a) din, hubbub, confused noise, outcry, (b) riot, disturbance.θόρυβος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX for הָמוֹן, etc.;] a noise, uproar, tumult, as of an excited mob: Mt 26:5 27:24, Mk 14:2, Ac 20:1 21:34 24:18; of mourners, = ὄχλος θορυβούμενος, Mk 5:38.†Scroll for more

barracksA camp, fort, castle, barracks, army in battle array.παρ-εμ-βολή, -ῆς, ἡ (< παρεμβάλλω ), [in LXX chiefly for מַחֲנֶה;] an insertion, interpolation (Æschin.). In the Macedonian dialect (Rutherford, NPhr., 473), as a military term; an army in battle array: He 11:34 (cf. Ex 14:19, 20, Jg 4:16, al.; freq. in Polyb.); a camp ( Ex 29:14, al.): He 13:11, 13, Re 20:9; barracks, soldiers' quarters: Ac 21:34, 37 22:24 23:10, 16, 32 28:16 (WH, txt., R, om.).†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 21:40

← Back to 1 Timothy 3:13

Acts 21:35

35And when he came upon the stairs so it was that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the crowd

Word By Word, In Greek Order1when | 2And | 3he came | 4upon | 5the | 6stairs | 7so it was | 8that … was borne | 9he | 10of | 11the | 12soldiers | 13for | 14the | 15violence | 16of the | 17crowd

Related verses (5)

Genesis 6:11-12 | Psalms 55:9 | Psalms 58:2 | Jeremiah 23:10 | Habakkuk 1:2-3

when

And

he came

upon

the

stairs

so it was

that … was borne

the

soldiers

for

the

violence

of the

crowd

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

ὅτεHOH-teh

δὲdeh

ἐγένετοeh-GEH-neh-toh

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τοὺςtoos

ἀναβαθμούςah-nah-bah-THMOOS

συνέβηsoo-NEH-bay

βαστάζεσθαιbah-STAH-zeh-sthai

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

ὑπὸhoo-POH

τῶνtohn

στρατιωτῶνstrah-tee-oh-TOHN

διὰdee-AH

τὴνtayn

βίανBEE-ahn

τοῦtoo

ὄχλουOH-chloo

The Pieces

ὅτεGreek conjunction

δὲGreek conjunction

ἐγένετοGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τοὺςGreek article

ἀναβαθμούςGreek noun, masculine

συνέβηGreek verb

βαστάζεσθαιGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

ὑπὸGreek preposition

τῶνGreek article

στρατιωτῶνGreek noun, masculine

διὰGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

βίανGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

ὄχλουGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

stairsA step, a flight of steps; the well-known "stairs" leading up from the temple to the tower of Antonia at Jerusalem.ἀνα-βαθμός, -οῦ, ὁ (< ἀναβαίνω ), [in LXX for מַעֲלָה: III Ki 10:19, 20, IV Ki 9:13 20:9 ff, II Ch 9:18, 19, Is 38:8, Ez 40:6, 49; ᾠδὴ τῶν ἀ., tit. 119(120)-133(134)*;] a going up, an ascent (Pss, tit. 119(120)-133(134) ?). a step (LXX); pl., a flight of stairs: Ac 21:35, 40. (On the formation -θμός, v. MM, VGT, s.v.)†Scroll for more

to happenI happen, occur, meet.συμ-βαίνω [in LXX for עשׂה, קרא, קרה, etc.;] to stand with the feet together. to come together, come to terms. Of events, to come to pass, happen: c. dat. pers., Mk 10:32, Ac 3:10 20:19, I Co 10:11, I Pe 4:12, II Pe 2:22; absol., τὰ συμβεβηκότα, Lk 24:14 (cf. I Mac 4:26 ); c. acc. et inf., Ac 21:35.†Scroll for more

to carry(a) I carry, bear, (b) I carry (take) away.βαστάζω, [in LXX: Jg 16:30 ( נטה ), Ru 2:16, II Ki 23:5, IV Ki 18:14 and Jb 21:3 ( נשׂא ), Si 6:25, Da TH Bel 36 *;] to take up with the hands, to lift: λίθους, Jo 10:31. to bear, to carry, as a burden, and metaph., to endure; Mt 3:11 20:12, Mk 14:13, Lk 7:14 10:7 11:27 14:27 22:10, Jo 16:12 19:17, Ac 3:2 9:15 15:1 21:35, Ro 11:18 15:1, Ga 5:10 6:2, 5 17, Re 2:2, 3 17:7. In late writers (MM, Exp., ii, iii, x), to take away; Mt 8:17 ( Is 53:4, Heb.); to carry off, steal: Jo 12:6 20:15.†Scroll for more

by/under: byBy, under, about.ὑπό (before smooth breathing ὑπ’, Mt 8:9 b, Lk 7:8 b; before rough breathing ὑφ’, Ro 3:9; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, ll. c. a, Ga 3:22, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv), prep. c. gen., dat. (not in NT), acc. C. gen., primarily of place, under, hence, metaph., of the efficient cause, by: after passive verbs, c. gen. pers., Mt 1:22, Mk 1:5, Lk 2:18, Jo 14:21, Ac 4:11, I Co 1:11, He 3:4, al.; c. gen. rei, Mt 8:24, Lk 7:24, Ro 3:21, al.; with neut. verbs and verbs with pass. meaning, Mt 17:12, Mk 5:26, I Co 10:9, 10 I Th 2:14, al. C. acc., under; of motion: Mt 5:15 8:8, Mk 4:21, Lk 13:34; hence, metaph., of subjection, Ro 7:14, I Co 15:27, Ga 3:22, I Pe 5:6, al. Of position: Jo 1:49, Ac 4:12, Ro 3:13, I Co 10:1, al.; hence, metaph., under, subject to, Mt 8:9, Ro 3:9, I Co 9:20, Ga 4:5, al. Of time, about: Ac 5:21. In composition: under ( ὑποδέω ), hence, of subjection ( ὑποτάσσω ), compliance ( ὑπακούω ), secrecy ( ὑποβάλλω ), diminution ( ὑποπνέω ).Scroll for more

forceForce, violence, strength.βία, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX for פֶּרֶךְ, etc.;] strength, force, violence: Ac 5:26 21:35 24:7 27:41.†Scroll for more

← Back to Luke 23:18

← Back to John 19:15

← Back to Acts 22:22

Acts 21:36

36for the multitude of the people followed after crying out Away with him

Related verses (5)

Acts 7:54 | Acts 22:22 | Luke 23:18 | John 19:15 | 1 Corinthians 4:13

followed after

for

the

multitude

of the

people

crying out

Away with

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

ἠκολούθειay-koh-LOO-thay

γὰρgahr

τὸtoh

πλῆθοςPLAY-thohs

τοῦtoo

λαοῦlah-OO

κράζοντεςKRAH-zohn-tes

ΑἶρεAI-reh

αὐτόνow-TOHN

The Pieces

ἠκολούθειGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

τὸGreek article

πλῆθοςGreek noun, neuter

τοῦGreek article

λαοῦGreek noun, masculine

κράζοντεςGreek verb

ΑἶρεGreek verb

αὐτόνGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to followI accompany, attend, follow.ἀκολουθέω, -ῶ (< ἀκόλουθος, following; < ἀ- cop., κέλευθος, poët., away ), [in LXX chiefly for הָלַךְ;] to accompany, follow: Mt 4:25, al. Metaph., of discipleship: Mt 9:9, Mk 9:38, Jo 12:26, al. Absol.: Mt 18:10; more freq., c. dat. (cl.), Mt 8:1, al.; seq. μετά, c. gen, (cl.; Eutherford, N.Phr., 458 f.), Lk 9:49; ὀπίσω, c. gen. (Heb. הָלַךְ אחֲֲרֵי ), Mt 10:38 (cf. ἐξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, συν-ἀκολουθέω ). SYN.: (cl.) ἕπομαι, not in NT (v. Cremer, 80; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

multitudeA multitude, crowd, great number, assemblage.πλῆθος, -ους, τό, [in LXX chiefly for רֹב, also for הָמוֹן, etc.;] a great number, a multitude; of things: ἰχθύων, Lk 5:6, Jo 21:6; φρυγάνων, Ac 28:3; ἁμαρτιιῶν, Ja 5:20, I Pe 4:8; τ. πλήθει, in multitude, He 11:12; of persons: Ac 21:22 (WH, R, om.); c. gen., Lk 2:13, Jo 5:3, Ac 5:14; π. πολύ ( πολὺ π. ), Mk 3:7, 8; id. c. gen., Lk 6:17 23:27, Ac 14:1 17:4. Of persons, c. art., the whole number, the multitude (in Plat., Thuc., Xen., al., = δῆμος, the commons, or-opp. to δῆμος - the populace ): Ac 2:6 15:30 19:9 23:7; τ. λαοῦ, Ac 21:36; τ. πόλεως, Ac 14:4; πᾶν τὸ π., Ac 15:12; c. gen., Lk 1:10 8:37 19:37 23:1, Ac 4:32 5:16 6:2, 5 25:24.†Scroll for more

← Back to John 19:20

← Back to Acts 21:34

← Back to Acts 21:39

← Back to 2 Corinthians 6:9

Acts 21:37

37And as Paul was about to be brought into the castle he saith unto the chief captain May I say something unto thee And he said Dost thou know Greek

Related verses (4)

Acts 21:19 | Acts 19:30 | Matthew 10:18-20 | Luke 21:15

as … was about

And

to be brought

into

the

castle

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

he saith

unto the

chief captain

The ASV does not translate this word.

May

say

something

unto

thee

And

said

Greek

Dost thou know

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

ΜέλλωνMEH-lohn

τεteh

εἰσάγεσθαιay-SAH-geh-sthai

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

παρεμβολὴνpah-rem-boh-LAYN

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

λέγειLEH-gay

τῷtoh

χιλιάρχῳchee-lee-AHR-choh

Εἰay

ἔξεστίνEH-kseh-steen

μοιmoy

εἰπεῖνay-PAYN

τιtee

πρὸςprohs

σέseh

ὁhoh

δὲdeh

ἔφηEH-fay

Ἑλληνιστὶheh-lay-nee-STEE

γινώσκειςgee-NOH-skays

The Pieces

ΜέλλωνGreek verb

τεGreek conjunction

εἰσάγεσθαιGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

παρεμβολὴνGreek noun, feminine

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

λέγειGreek verb

τῷGreek article

χιλιάρχῳGreek noun, masculine

ΕἰGreek conditional

ἔξεστίνGreek verb

μοιGreek pronoun

εἰπεῖνGreek verb

τιGreek indefinite pronoun

πρὸςGreek preposition

σέGreek pronoun

ὁGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

ἔφηGreek verb

ἙλληνιστὶGreek adverb

γινώσκειςGreek verb

What It Can Mean

ifIf.εἰ, conjunctive particle, used in conditions and in indirect questions. Conditional, if; c. indic., expressing a general assumption; pres.: seq. indic, pres., Mt 11:14, Ro 8:25, al.; seq. imperat., Mk 4:23 9:22, Jo 15:18, I Co 7:9, al.; seq. fut. indic., Lk 16:31, Ro 8:11, al.; seq. pf. or aor., with negation in apodosis, Mt 12:26, Ro 4:14, al.; similarly, seq. impf., Lk 17:6, Jo 8:39; seq. quæst., Mt 6:23, Jo 5:47 7:23 8:46, I Pe 2:20; fut.: Mt 26:33, I Pe 2:20; pf.: Jo 11:12, Ro 6:5, al.; aor.: Lk 16:11 19:8, Jo 13:32, 18:23, Re 20:15, al. Where the assumption is certain = ἐπεί: Mt 12:28, Jo 7:4, Ro 5:17, al. Of an unfulfilled condition, c. indic, impf., aor. or plpf., seq. ἄν, c. imp. or aor. (v.s. ἄν, I, i). C. indic., after verbs denoting wonder, etc., sometimes, but not always, coupled with an element of doubt: Mk 15:44, I Jo 3:13, al. C. indic., as in LXX ( Nu 14:3o, I Ki 14:45, al. = Heb. אִם ), in oaths, with the formula of imprecation understood in a suppressed apodosis (WM, 627; Burton, §272): Mk 8:12, He 3:11 (LXX) 4:3 (LXX). Rarely (cl.) c. optat., to express a merely possible condition: Ac 24:19 27:39, I Co 14:10 15:37, I Pe3:14, 17. Interrogative, if, whether. As in cl., in indir. questions after verbs of seeing, asking, knowing, saying, etc.: c. indic. pres., Mt 26:63, Mk 15:36, Ac 19:2, II Co 13:5, al.; fut., Mk 3:2, Ac 8:22, al.; aor., Mk 15:44, I Co 1:16, al.; c. subjc. aor. (M, Pr., 194), Phl 3:12. As in LXX (= Heb. אִם and interrog. הֲ, Ge 17:17, al.; v. WM, 639 f.; Viteau, i, 22), in direct questions: Mk 8:23 (Tr., WH, txt.), Lk 13:23, 22:49, Ac 19:2, al. With other particles. εἰ ἄρα, εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μήγε, v.s. ἄρα, γε. εἰ δὲ καί, but if also: Lk 11:18; but even if, I Co 4:7, II Co 4:3 11:16. εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, but if otherwise: Mk 2:21, 22, Jo 14:2, Re 2:5, al. εἰ καί, if even, if also, although: Mk 14:29, Lk 11:8, I Co 7:21, II Co 4:16, Phl 2:17, al. καὶ εἰ, even if, v.s. καί εἰ μή, if not, unless, except, but only: Mt 24:22, Mk 2:26 6:5, Jo 9:33, I Co 7:17 ( only ), Ga 1:19 (cf. ἐὰν μή, 2:16; v. Hort., Ja., xvi); ἐκτὸς εἰ μή, pleonastic (Bl., §65, 6), I Co 14:5 15:2, I Ti 5:19. εἰ μήν = cl. ἦ μήν (M, Pr., 46), in oaths, surely ( Ez 33:27, al.): He 6:14. εἴ πως, if haply: Ac 27:12, Ro 1:10. εἴτε... εἴτε, whether... or: Ro 12:6-8, I Co 3:22 13:8, al.Scroll for more

be permittedIt is permitted, lawful, possible.ἔξ-εστι (< εἰμί ), impers. verb., it is permitted, lawful: Mk 2:24, Ac 8:37 (R, mg.), I Co 10:23; c. inf., Mt 12:2, 10, 12 14:4 15:26 19:3 22:17 27:6, Mk 3:4 12:14, Lk 6:2, 9 14:3, Jo 5:10; seq. acc., Mk 2:26, Lk 6:4 20:22; c. dat. pers. et inf., Mt 20:15, Mk 6:18 10:2, Jo 18:31, Ac 16:21 21:37 22:25 (inf. understood), I Co 6:12; ἐξόν (sc. ἐστί ), Ac 2:29, II Co 12:4; ἐξὸν ἦν, Mt 12:4.†Scroll for more

to meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to assertI say, declare.φημί [in LXX chiefly for נאם, also for אמר; freq. in II-IV Mac;] to declare, say: freq. in quoting the words of another, Mt 13:29 26:61, Lk 7:40 22:58, Jo 1:23, al.; interjected into the recorded words (cl.), Mt 14:8, Ac 23:35, al.; φησί, impersonal (Bl., § 30, 4), I Co 6:16 (Lft., Notes, 217; but cf. Bl., l.c.), II Co 10:10 (WH, mg., φασίν ), He 8:5; joined with synon. verb (cf. LS, s.v., II, 2), ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη, Lk 23:3; seq. πρός, Lk 22:70, al.; c. acc rei, I Co 10:15 10:19; acc. et inf., Ro 3:8; seq. ὅτι (Bl., § 70, 3), I Co 10:19 15:50 (cf. σύν-φημι )Scroll for more

GreekIn the Greek language.* Ἑλληνιστί adv., in Greek: Jo 19:20; Ἑ. (sc. λαλεῖν ) γινώσκεις, Ac 21:37 (cf. Field, Notes, 135).†Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 24:26

Acts 21:38

38Art thou not then the Egyptian who before these days stirred up to sedition and led out into the wilderness the four thousand men of the Assassins

Related verses (3)

Acts 5:36-37 | Matthew 5:11 | 1 Corinthians 4:13

not

then

thou

Art

the

Egyptian

who

before

these

The ASV does not translate this word.

days

stirred up to sedition

and

led out

into

the

wilderness

the

four thousand

men

of the

Assassins

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

οὐκook

ἄραAH-rah

σὺsoo

εἶay

ὁhoh

Αἰγύπτιοςai-GOO-ptee-ohs

ὁhoh

πρὸproh

τούτωνTOO-tohn

τῶνtohn

ἡμερῶνhay-meh-ROHN

ἀναστατώσαςah-nah-stah-TOH-sahs

καὶkai

ἐξαγαγὼνeh-ksah-gah-GOHN

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

ἔρημονEH-ray-mohn

τοὺςtoos

τετρακισχιλίουςteh-trah-kee-schee-LEE-oos

ἄνδραςAHN-drahs

τῶνtohn

σικαρίωνsee-kah-REE-ohn

The Pieces

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἄραGreek conjunction

σὺGreek pronoun

εἶGreek verb

ὁGreek article

ΑἰγύπτιοςGreek adjective

ὁGreek article

πρὸGreek preposition

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

τῶνGreek article

ἡμερῶνGreek noun, feminine

ἀναστατώσαςGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐξαγαγὼνGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

ἔρημονGreek adjective

τοὺςGreek article

τετρακισχιλίουςGreek adjective

ἄνδραςGreek noun, masculine

τῶνGreek article

σικαρίωνGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

thereforeThen, therefore, since.ἄρα, illative particle, expressing a more subjective or informal inference than οὖν, then: prop. (as in cl.), the second word in the sentence, Ro 7:21 8:1, Ga 3:7; ἐπεὶ ἄρα, I Co 7:14 (with another word between) 5:10; as the first word, Lk 11:48, Ac 11:18, Ro 10:17, I Co 15:18, II Co 5:15 7:12, He 4:9; so prop. in apodosis after protasis with εἰ, Mt 12:28, Lk 11:20, Ga 2:21 3:29 5:11, He 12:8 ( κενὸν ἄρα ), I Co 15:14; often in interrogations, direct and indirect, τίς ( τί ) ἄρα, Mt 18:1 19:25, 27 24:45, Mk 4:41, Lk 1:66 8:25 12:42 22:23, Ac 12:18; εἰ ἄρα, Mk 11:13, Ac 8:22; εἴπερ ἄρα, I Co 15:15; οὐκ ἄρα, Ac 21:38; μήτι ἄρα, II Co 1:17; in strengthened forms, ἄρα γε, ἄραγε, Mt 7:20 17:26, Ac 17:27, and more freq. ἄρα οὖν (Epp. Paul.), so then, Ro 5:18 7:3, 25 8:12 9:16, 18 14:12, 19, Ga 6:10, Eph 2:19, I Th 5:6, II Th 2:15 (Bl., § 77, 2; 78, 5; MM, s.v.).†Scroll for more

youYou.σύ, pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39 ). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl., but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ ( בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Ps 2:7 ), Ac 13:33. The gen. ( σοῦ, ὑμῶν ) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Lk 7:48, 12:30, al.; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mt 9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, v.s. ἐγώ.Scroll for more

you areεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

EgyptianEgyptian.Αἰγύπτιος, -α, ον, Egyptian: Ac 7:22, 24, 28 21:38, He 11:29.†Scroll for more

before(a) of place: before, in front of, (b) of time: before, earlier than.πρό, prep. c. gen., [in LXX chiefly for לִפְנֵי;] before; of place: Ac 12:6, 14 14:13, Ja 5:9; π. προσώπου (= Heb. לִפְנֵי, De 3:18, Ma 3:1, al.; Bl., § 40, 9), Mt 11:10, Mk 1:2, Lk 1:76 7:27 9:52 10:1, Ac 14:13; of time: Mt 8:29 24:38, Lk 11:38 21:12, Jo 11:55 13:1 17:24, Ac 5:36 21:38, I Co 2:7 4:5, Eph 1:4, Col 1:17, II Ti 1:9 4:21, Tit 1:2, He 11:5, I Pe 1:20, Ju 25; π. ἐτῶν δεκατεσσάρων, fourteen years ago, II Co 12:2; π. προσώπου (v. supr.), Ac 13:24; c. gen. pers., Mt 5:12, Jo 5:7 10:8, Ro 16:7, Ga 1:17; c. gen. art. inf. (= πρίν; M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 69, 7), Mt 6:8, Lk 2:21 22:15, Jo 1:49 13:19 17:5, Ac 23:15, Ga 2:12 3:23; as in late writers (resembling a Latin idiom but independent of it; B1., § 40, 5; M, Pr., 100 f.; cf. Am 1:1, II Mac 15:36, and for other exx., Soph., Lex., s.v.), πρὸ ἓξ ἡμέρας τοῦ πασχα, on the sixth day bef. the Passover, Jo 12:1; of preference: π. πάντων, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; in compos., c. subst., of position before: προαύλιον, πρόδρομος; priority of rank or order, προπάτωρ; anticipation, πρόγνωσις, πρόνοια; c. adj., intensity, πρόδηλος; c. verb., of place, προάγω, προβαίνω; of preference, προαιρέομαι.†Scroll for more

of theseοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to cause trouble(perhaps a political metaphor), I turn upside down, upset, unsettle.† ἀνα-στατόω, ῶ (< ἀνάστατος, driven from home; < ἀνίστημι ), [in LXX: Da 7:23 ( דּוּשׁ;* also in Aq., and in π. (v. Deiss., LAE, 80 f.; MM, VGT, s.v.),] to stir up, excite, unsettle: c. acc.; to tumult and sedition: Ac 17:6 21:38; by false teaching: Ga 5:12 (v. Milligan, NTD, 73 f.).†Scroll for more

to lead outI lead out, sometimes to death, execution.ἐξ-άγω [in LXX chiefly for יָצָא hi.;] to lead out: c. acc, Mk 15:20, Jo 10:3, Ac 5:19 7:36 16:37, 39; seq. ἔξω, Lk 24:50; ἐκ, Ac 7:40 12:17 13:17, He 8:9; εἰς, Ac 21:38.†Scroll for more

desertedAs an adj: deserted, desolate, waste; hence: the desert, to the east and south of Palestine; of a person: deserted, abandoned, desolate.ἔρημος (in older Gk. ἔρῆμος ), -ον [in LXX chiefly for מִדְבָּר;] solitary, lonely, desolate, deserted: of persons, γυνή, Ga 4:27 (LXX); of places, Mt 14:13, 15 23:38 (WH, om.), Mk 1:36 6:32, Lk 4:42 9:12, al.; as subst., ἡ ἔ. (sc. χώρα; as in Hdt., ii, 32, al.), the desert, Mt 3:1, 3, Mk 1:3, 4, Jo 3:14, al.; pl., αἱ ἔ., desert places, Lk 1:80 5:16 8:29Scroll for more

four thousandFour thousand.τετρακισ-χίλιοι, -αι, -α four thousand: Mt 15:38 16:10, Mk 8:9, 20, Ac 21:38.†Scroll for more

assassinAn assassin, murderer, bandit; one of the Sicarii.*† σικάριος, -ου, ὁ (Lat.; < sica, a dagger carried under their clothing by the Sicarii ), a bandit, assassin, one of the Sicarii (FlJ, B.J., ii, 17, 6, al.): Ac 21:38.†Scroll for more

← Back to Galatians 1:21

← Back to 1 Peter 3:15

Acts 21:39

39But Paul said I am a Jew of Tarsus in Cilicia a citizen of no mean city and I beseech thee give me leave to speak unto the people

Word By Word, In Greek Order1said | 2But | 3— | 4Paul | 5I | 6— | 7— | 8am | 9a Jew | 10of Tarsus | 11— | 12in Cilicia | 13no | 14mean | 15of … city | 16a citizen | 17I beseech | 18and | 19thee | 20give … leave | 21me | 22to speak | 23unto | 24the | 25people

Related verses (11)

said

But

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

The ASV does not translate this word.

a Jew

of Tarsus

The ASV does not translate this word.

in Cilicia

mean

of … city

a citizen

I beseech

and

thee

give … leave

to speak

unto

the

people

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

εἶπενAY-pen

δὲdeh

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

Ἐγὼeh-GOH

ἄνθρωποςAHN-throh-pohs

μένmen

εἰμιay-mee

Ἰουδαῖοςee-oo-DAI-ohs

Ταρσεὺςtahr-SYOOS

τῆςtays

Κιλικίαςkee-lee-KEE-ahs

οὐκook

ἀσήμουah-SAY-moo

πόλεωςPOH-leh-ohs

πολίτηςpoh-LEE-tays

δέομαιDEH-oh-mai

δέdeh

σουsoo

ἐπίτρεψόνeh-PEE-treh-psohn

μοιmoy

λαλῆσαιlah-LAY-sai

πρὸςprohs

τὸνtohn

λαόνlah-OHN

The Pieces

εἶπενGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

ἘγὼGreek pronoun

ἄνθρωποςGreek noun, masculine

μένGreek particle

εἰμιGreek verb

Ἰουδαῖοςname of a people descended from a person

Ταρσεὺςname of a place

τῆςGreek article

Κιλικίαςname of a place

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἀσήμουGreek adjective

πόλεωςGreek noun, feminine

πολίτηςGreek noun, masculine

δέομαιGreek verb

δέGreek conjunction

σουGreek pronoun

ἐπίτρεψόνGreek verb

μοιGreek pronoun

λαλῆσαιGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

λαόνGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

on the other handAn untranslatable particle, generally answered by "de", each of the two introducing a clause intended to be contrasted with the other.μέν, conjunctive particle (originally a form of μήν ), usually related to a following δέ or other adversative conjunction, and distinguishing the word or clause with which it stands from that which follows. It is generally untranslatable and is not nearly so frequent in NT as in cl. Like δέ, it never stands first in a clause. Answered by δέ or some other particle: μὲν... δέ, indeed... but, Mt 3:11, Lk 3:16, al.; with pronouns, ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, one... another, Mt 21:35, al.; pl., Phl 1:16, 17; ὃ μὲν... ὃ δὲ... ὃ δέ, some... some... some, Mt 13:8; τοῦτο μὲν... τοῦτο δέ, partly... partly, He 10:33; μὲν... ἔπειτα, Jo 11:6; μὲν... καί, Lk 8:5. μέν solitarium, answered by no other particle: πρῶτον μέν (Bl., § 78, 5), Ro 1:8 3:2, I Co 11:18; μὲν οὖν in narrative, summing up what precedes or introducing something further (Bl., § 78, 5), so then, rather, nay rather: Lk 11:28 (WH, μενοῦν ), Ac 1:6 9:31, al.; μὲν οὖν γε ( Phl 3:8, WH): v.s. μενοῦνγε.Scroll for more

to beI am, exist.εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

of TarsusBelonging to Tarsus, a Tarsian.Ταρσεύς, -έως, ὁ (< Ταρσός ), of Tarsus: Ac 9:11 21:39.†Scroll for more

CiliciaCilicia, a Roman province between the Taurus range of mountains and the coast in the south-east corner of Asia Minor, linked up with the province of Syria.Κιλικία, -ας, ἡ, Cilicia, a province of Asia Minor: Ac 6:9 15:23, 41 21:39 22:3 23:34 27:5, Ga 1:21.†Scroll for more

insignificant(lit: unmarked, unstamped), undistinguished, obscure, unknown.ἄσημος, -ον (< σῆμα, a mark ), [in LXX: Ge 30:42 ( עטף ), Jb 42:11, III Mac 1:3 *;] without mark (in π. of an uncircumcised boy: Deiss., BS, 153; MM, s.v.). Metaph. (MM, s.v.), unknown, obscure: litotes, οὐκ ἄ (Eur., al.), πόλις, Ac 21:39.†Scroll for more

citizenA citizen, fellow-citizen.πολίτης, -ου, ὁ (< πόλις ), [in LXX chiefly for רֵעַ;] a citizen: c. gen. loc., Lk 15:15, Ac 21:39. a fellow-citizen: c. gen. pers., Lk 19:14, He 8:11 (LXX).†Scroll for more

to prayI want for myself; I want, need; I beg, request, beseech, pray.δέομαι (mid. of δέω, II, q.v., as depon.) [in LXX for חנן, etc.;] to want for oneself; to want, need: absol.; c. gen. to beg, request, beseech, pray; in general: absol., Ac 26:3, WH; c. gen. pers., Lk 5:12 8:28, 38 ( ἐδεῖτο; T, ἐδέετο, cf. Veitch, s.v. δέω ) 9:38, Ac 8:34 21:39, II Co 5:20, Ga 4:12; seq. ἵνα, Lk 9:40; seq. τό, c. inf., II Co 10:2; c. gen. pers. et rei, II Co 8:4; of prayer to God: absol., Ac 4:31; seq. εἴ πως, Ro 1:10; ἵνα, Lk 21:36 22:32; εἰς τό, I Th 3:10; ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ πρὸς τ. κύριον, ὅπως, Ac 8:24; c. gen., τοῦ κυρίου, ὅπως, Mt 9:38, Lk 10:2; τοῦ Θεοῦ, Ac 10:2; seq. εἰ ἄρα, Ac 8:22.† SYN.: αἰτέω, and cf. δέησις.Scroll for more

to permitI turn to, commit, entrust; I allow, yield, permit.ἐπι-τρέπω [in LXX (usually with v.l. ἐπιστρ- ): Ge 39:6 ( עָזַב ), etc.;] to turn to, commit, entrust. to yield, permit: I Co 16:7, He 6:3; c. dat. pers., Mk 5:13, Jo 19:38; id. c. inf. (cf. M, Pr., 205), Mt 8:21 19:8, Lk 8:32 9:52, 61 Ac 21:39, 40 27:3, I Ti 2:12; c. inf., Mk 10:4. Pass., c. dat. et inf., Ac 26:1 28:16, I Co 14:34.†Scroll for more

to speak(I talk, chatter in classical Greek, but in NT a more dignified word) I speak, say.λαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for דּבר pi., also for אמר, etc.;] to utter: of inanimate things, Re 4:1 10:4; metaph., He 11:4 12:24. to talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 9:33 12:46, Mk 5:35, Lk 8:49; seq. ὡς, I Co 13:11, Re 13:11; εἰς, I Co 14:9; ἐκ, Mt 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 10:19, Mk 11:32, Jo 8:30, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:46, Lk 24:6, Ro 7:1, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 9:18, Jo 10:6, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, Mk 6:50, Lk 1:19 2:33, al.; ἐν, ἐξ, ἀπό, Mt 13:3, Jo 12:49 14:10, al.; λ. τ. λόγον, Mk 8:32, al.; seq. orat. dir. (not cl.), Mk 14:31, He 5:5 11:18; Hebraistically (Dalman, Words, 25 f.), ἐλάλησε λέγων, Mt 14:27, Jo 8:12, Ac 8:26, al. SYN.: v.s. λέγω.Scroll for more

Acts 21:40

40And when he had given him leave Paul standing on the stairs beckoned with the hand unto the people and when there was made a great silence he spake unto them in the Hebrew language saying

Related verses (13)

when … had given him leave

And

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

standing

the

stairs

beckoned

with the

hand

unto the

people

great

and

a … silence

when there was made

he spake unto them

in the

Hebrew

language

saying

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

ἐπιτρέψαντοςeh-pee-TREH-psahn-tohs

δὲdeh

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

ἑστὼςheh-STOHS

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τῶνtohn

ἀναβαθμῶνah-nah-bah-THMOHN

κατέσεισεkah-TEH-say-seh

τῇtay

χειρὶchay-REE

τῷtoh

λαῷlah-OH

πολλῆςpoh-LAYS

δὲdeh

σιγῆςsee-GAYS

γενομένηςgeh-noh-MEH-nays

προσεφώνησενproh-seh-FOH-nay-sen

τῇtay

Ἑβραΐδιheh-brah-EE-dee

διαλέκτῳdee-ah-LEH-ktoh

λέγωνLEH-gohn

The Pieces

ἐπιτρέψαντοςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

ἑστὼςGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τῶνGreek article

ἀναβαθμῶνGreek noun, masculine

κατέσεισεGreek verb

τῇGreek article

χειρὶGreek noun, feminine

τῷGreek article

λαῷGreek noun, masculine

πολλῆςGreek adjective or Greek adverb

δὲGreek conjunction

σιγῆςGreek noun, feminine

γενομένηςGreek verb

προσεφώνησενGreek verb

τῇGreek article

ἙβραΐδιGreek adjective

διαλέκτῳGreek noun, feminine

λέγωνGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to standTrans: (a) I make to stand, place, set up, establish, appoint; mid: I place myself, stand, (b) I set in balance, weigh; intrans: (c) I stand, stand by, stand still; met: I stand ready, stand firm, am steadfast.ἵστημι, and in late writers, also ἱστάνω (Veitch, s.v.; Bl., § 23, 2; M, Pr., 55), [in LXX chiefly for עמד, קוּם, also for נצב ni., hi., יצב hith., etc.]. Trans, in pres., impf., fut. and 1 aor. act. and in the tenses of the pass. to make to stand, to place, set, set up, establish, appoint: c. acc. pers., Mk 7:9, Ac 1:23 6:13 17:31, He 10:9; id. seq. ἐπί, c. acc. loc., Mt 4:5, Lk 4:9; ἐν μέσῳ, Mt 18:2, Mk 9:36, Jo 8:[3]; ἐνώπιον, Ac 6:6; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, Lk 9:47; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Mt 25:33; mid., to place oneself, to stand: Re 18:15; so also pass., to be made to stand, to stand: Mt 2:9, Lk 11:18 19:8, II Co 13:1, al. to set in a balance, to weigh (cl.; LXX for שׁקל, Is 46:6, al.): Mt 26:15. Intrans., in pf., plpf. (with sense of pres. and impf.; M, Pr., 147 f.) and 2 aor. act., to stand, stand by, stand still: Mt 20:32 26:73, Mk 10:49, Lk 8:44, Jo 1:35 3:29, Ac 16:9, al.; seq. ἐν, Mt 6:5, al.; ἐνώπιον, Ac 10:30, al.; πρός, c. dat. loc., Jo 18:16; ἐπί, c. gen. loc., Lk 6:17, Ac 5:23 25:10, al.; ἔμπροσθεν, Mt 27:11; κύκλῳ, Re 7:11; ἐκ δεξιῶν, Lk 1:11; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 13:2, Re 3:20; παρά, Lk 5:2; ἐκεῖ, Mk 11:5; ὧδε, Mk 9:1; ὅπου, Mk 13:14; ἔξω, Mt 12:46; μακρόθεν, Lk 18:13; πόρρωθεν, Lk 17:12. Metaph., to stand ready, stand firm, be steadfast: I Co 7:37 10:12, Eph 6:11, 13, 14, Col 4:12; τ. πίστει, Ro 11:20; ἐν τ. ἀληθείᾳ, Jo 8:44; ἐν τ. χάριτι, Ro 5:2; ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ, I Co 15:1 (cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-ἀν-, ἐξ-ἀν, ἀνθ-, ἀφ-, δι-, ἐν-, ἐξ-, ἐπ- (-μαι), ἐφ-, κατ-εφ-, συν-εφ-, καθ-, ἀντι-καθ-, ἀπο-καθ-, μεθ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, συν-ίστημι ).Scroll for more

to signalI shake (the hand) up and down, wave; intrans: I beckon for silence.** κατα-σείω, [in LXX: Da TH Bel 14 AR, I Mac 6:38 *;] to shake down. Of the hand, to shake or wave as a signal: τ. χεῖρα, Ac 19:33; τ. χειρί, Ac 13:16; id. c. dat. pers., Ac 21:40; seq. inf., Ac 12:17.†Scroll for more

muchMuch, many; often.πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, [in LXX chiefly for רַב and cognate forms;] as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, etc.: ἀριθμός, Ac 11:21; ὄχλος, Mk 5:24; θερισμός, Mt 9:37; χόρτος, Jo 6:10; χρόνος, Mt 25:19; γογγυσμός, Jo 7:12; πόνος, Col 4:13; δόξα, Mt 24:30; σιγή, Ac 21:40; pl., προφῆται, Mt 13:17; ὄχλοι, Mt 4:25; δαιμόνια, Mk 1:34; δυνάμεις, Mt 7:22, As subst., pl. masc., πολλοί, many (persons): Mt 7:22, Mk 2:2, al.; c. gen. partit., Mt 3:7, Lk 1:16, al.; seq. ἐκ, Jo 7:31, Ac 17:12; c. art., οἱ π., the many, Mt 24:12, Ro 12:5, I Co 10:17, 33, II Co 2:17; opp. to ὁ εἶς (Lft., Notes, 291), Ro 5:15, 19; neut. pl., πολλά: Mt 13:3, Mk 5:26, al.; acc. with adverbial force, Mk 1:45, Ro 16:6 (Deiss., LAE, 317), I Co 16:12, Ja 3:2, al.; neut. sing., πολύ: Lk 12:48; adverbially, Mk 12:27, al.; πολλοῦ (gen. pret.), Mt 26:9; c. compar. (Bl., § 44, 5), π. σπουδαιότερον, II Co 8:22; πολλῷ πλείους, Jo 4:41. Compar., πλείων, neut., πλεῖον and πλέον (v. WH, App., 151), pl., πλείονες, -ας, -α, contr., πλείους, -ω (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater; as adj.: Jo 15:2, Ac 18:20, He 3:3; seq. παρά, He 11:4 (cf. Westc, in l. Was ΠΛΙΟΝΑ here a primitive error for ΗΔΙΟΝΑ ?); pi., Ac 13:31, al.; c. gen. compar., Mt 21:36; c. num. ( ἤ of comp. omitted), Ac 4:22 24:11, al. As subst., οἱ π., the greater number: Ac 19:32 27:12, I Co 10:5 15:6; also (Bl., § 44, 3) others, more, the more: II Co 2:6 4:15, Phl 1:14; πλείονα, Lk 11:53; πλειον, πλέον, Mt 20:10, II Ti 3:9; c. gen. comp., Mk 12:43, Lk 21:3; π. Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε, Mt 12:41; adverbially, Ac 4:17 20:9 24:4. As adv., πλεῖον: seq. ἤ, Lk 9:13; c. gen. comp., Mt 5:20; πλείω: c. num., Mt 26:53. Superl., πλεῖστος, -η, -ον, prop., most: Mt 11:20 21:8; adverbially, τὸ π., I Co 14:27; elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: ὄχλος π., Mk 4:1.Scroll for more

silenceSilence.** σιγή, -ῆς, ἡ [in LXX: Wi 18:14, III Mac 3:23 *;] silence: Ac 21:40, Re 8:1.†Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

to call to/summonI call to, summon; I call (out) to, address, give a speech to, harangue.προσ-φωνέω, -ῶ, [in LXX: I Es 2:21 6:6, 22, II Mac 15:15 *;] to address, call to; in cl., c. acc. pers., c. dupl. acc. (cf. II Mac 15:15 ); absol. (Hom., Od., v, 159, al.): Ac 21:40. In late writers, c. dat. pers.: Mt 11:16, Lk 7:32 13:12 23:20, Ac 22:2. to call by name, summon: c. acc. (as in cl.), Lk 6:13.†Scroll for more

HebrewThe Hebrew language, or rather: Aramaic.**† Ἑβραΐς (WH, Ἐβ- ), -ίδος (Aram. עִבְרַי ), peculiar form of Ἑβραϊκός, [in LXX, ἡ Ἑ. φωνή, IV Mac 12:7 16:15 *;] in NT, ἡ Ἑ. διάλεκτος, Hebrew, i.e. the Aramaic vernacular of Palestine: Ac 21:40 22:2 26:14.†Scroll for more

languageLanguage, speech, conversation, manner of speaking.διά-λεκτος, -ου, ἡ (< διαλέγομαι ), [in LXX: Da LXX 1:4 ( לָשׁוֹן ), Es 9:26 *;] conversation, discourse, speech (Plat., Dem., al.). As in Polyb. and later writers, the language or dialect of a particular country or district: Ac 1:19 2:6, 8 21:40 22:2 26:14.†Scroll for more

← Previous: Acts 20 Next: Acts 22 →